PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-12182373-B2
Application Number: US-202117546630-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B2

Title: Techniques for managing display usage

Abstract:
The present disclosure generally relates to techniques and user interfaces for transitioning between a standard display mode and a low power display mode.

Claims:
What is claimed is: 
     
       1. A computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, comprising:
 one or more processors; and 
 memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the first user interface is associated with a first application; 
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode than the first mode; 
 in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application, wherein:
 the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes the one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and 
 the second user interface element includes a displayed numerical value; and 
 
 while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, including updating the appearance of the second user interface element multiple times at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a first criterion that is satisfied when the displayed numerical value is less than a predetermined numerical threshold, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency, including updating the appearance of the second user interface element multiple times at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode. 
 
 
 
     
     
       2. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when the first application is a foreground application. 
     
     
       3. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the second user interface element is a complication corresponding to the first application. 
     
     
       4. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the first application is a timer application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the timer application has less than a predetermined amount of time remaining. 
 
     
     
       5. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the first application is a stopwatch application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the stopwatch application has measured less than a predetermined period of time. 
 
     
     
       6. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the first application is an alarm clock application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that less than a predetermined amount of time remains until a next alarm is scheduled to be output by the computer system. 
 
     
     
       7. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while in the second mode:
 at a first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics; and 
 at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode and while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element. 
 
 
     
     
       8. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics; and 
 updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode comprises updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element. 
 
     
     
       9. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while in the second mode:
 at a first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 the second user interface element displays a first set of information, and 
 while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the first update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a first level of precision; and 
 
 at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the second update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision. 
 
 
 
     
     
       10. The computer system of  claim 9 , wherein:
 the second user interface comprises a third user interface element; 
 the third user interface element displays a second set of information; 
 at the first time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the first update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the first level of precision, the second set of information is displayed at a third level of precision; and 
 at the second time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the second update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision, display of the second set of information is maintained at the third level of precision. 
 
     
     
       11. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the first application is a turn-by-turn navigation application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that a next upcoming turn is less than a threshold distance or a threshold time away from the computer system. 
 
     
     
       12. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when a predetermined amount of time has elapsed or remains. 
     
     
       13. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs including instructions for:
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, updating an appearance of the first user interface element multiple times at the second update frequency. 
 
     
     
       14. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs including instructions for:
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, updating an appearance of the first user interface element multiple times at a third update frequency that is greater than the first update frequency and the second update frequency. 
 
     
     
       15. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the first user interface is associated with a first application; 
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode than the first mode; 
 in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application, wherein:
 the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes the one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and 
 the second user interface element includes a displayed numerical value; and 
 
 while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, including updating the appearance of the second user interface element multiple times at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a first criterion that is satisfied when the displayed numerical value is less than a predetermined numerical threshold, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency, including updating the appearance of the second user interface element multiple times at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode. 
 
 
     
     
       16. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when the first application is a foreground application. 
     
     
       17. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein the second user interface element is a complication corresponding to the first application. 
     
     
       18. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein:
 the first application is a timer application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the timer application has less than a predetermined amount of time remaining. 
 
     
     
       19. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein:
 the first application is a stopwatch application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the stopwatch application has measured less than a predetermined period of time. 
 
     
     
       20. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein:
 the first application is an alarm clock application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that less than a predetermined amount of time remains until a next alarm is scheduled to be output by the computer system. 
 
     
     
       21. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while in the second mode:
 at a first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics; and 
 at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode and while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element. 
 
 
     
     
       22. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein:
 the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics; and 
 updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode comprises updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element. 
 
     
     
       23. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while in the second mode:
 at a first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 the second user interface element displays a first set of information, and 
 while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the first update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a first level of precision; and 
 
 at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the second update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision. 
 
 
 
     
     
       24. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 23 , wherein:
 the second user interface comprises a third user interface element; 
 the third user interface element displays a second set of information; 
 at the first time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the first update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the first level of precision, the second set of information is displayed at a third level of precision; and 
 at the second time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the second update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision, display of the second set of information is maintained at the third level of precision. 
 
     
     
       25. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein:
 the first application is a turn-by-turn navigation application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that a next upcoming turn is less than a threshold distance or a threshold time away from the computer system. 
 
     
     
       26. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when a predetermined amount of time has elapsed or remains. 
     
     
       27. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, updating an appearance of the first user interface element multiple times at the second update frequency. 
 
     
     
       28. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 15 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, updating an appearance of the first user interface element multiple times at a third update frequency that is greater than the first update frequency and the second update frequency. 
 
     
     
       29. A method, comprising:
 at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component:
 while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the first user interface is associated with a first application; 
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode than the first mode; 
 in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application, wherein:
 the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes the one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and 
 the second user interface element includes a displayed numerical value; and 
 
 while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, including updating the appearance of the second user interface element multiple times at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a first criterion that is satisfied when the displayed numerical value is less than a predetermined numerical threshold, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency, including updating the appearance of the second user interface element multiple times at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode. 
 
 
 
     
     
       30. The method of  claim 29 , wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when the first application is a foreground application. 
     
     
       31. The method of  claim 29 , wherein the second user interface element is a complication corresponding to the first application. 
     
     
       32. The method of  claim 29 , wherein:
 the first application is a timer application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the timer application has less than a predetermined amount of time remaining. 
 
     
     
       33. The method of  claim 29 , wherein:
 the first application is a stopwatch application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the stopwatch application has measured less than a predetermined period of time. 
 
     
     
       34. The method of  claim 29 , wherein:
 the first application is an alarm clock application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that less than a predetermined amount of time remains until a next alarm is scheduled to be output by the computer system. 
 
     
     
       35. The method of  claim 29 , further comprising:
 while in the second mode:
 at a first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics; and 
 at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode and while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element. 
 
 
     
     
       36. The method of  claim 29 , wherein:
 the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics; and 
 updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode comprises updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element. 
 
     
     
       37. The method of  claim 29 , further comprising:
 while in the second mode:
 at a first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 the second user interface element displays a first set of information, and 
 while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the first update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a first level of precision; and 
 
 at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein:
 while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the second update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision. 
 
 
 
     
     
       38. The method of  claim 37 , wherein:
 the second user interface comprises a third user interface element; 
 the third user interface element displays a second set of information; 
 at the first time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the first update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the first level of precision, the second set of information is displayed at a third level of precision; and 
 at the second time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the second update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision, display of the second set of information is maintained at the third level of precision. 
 
     
     
       39. The method of  claim 29 , wherein:
 the first application is a turn-by-turn navigation application; and 
 the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that a next upcoming turn is less than a threshold distance or a threshold time away from the computer system. 
 
     
     
       40. The method of  claim 29 , wherein the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when a predetermined amount of time has elapsed or remains. 
     
     
       41. The method of  claim 29 , further comprising:
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, updating an appearance of the first user interface element multiple times at the second update frequency. 
 
     
     
       42. The method of  claim 29 , further comprising:
 while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, updating an appearance of the first user interface element multiple times at a third update frequency that is greater than the first update frequency and the second update frequency.

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION 
     This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 63/180,568, entitled “TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING DISPLAY USAGE,” filed on Apr. 27, 2021, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
    
    
     FIELD 
     The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for displaying user interfaces with managed display usage. 
     BACKGROUND 
     Electronic devices may include screens for displaying user interfaces. Over time, non-uniform use of screens may lead to discoloration of portions of the screen and decreased quality of displayed images. 
     BRIEF SUMMARY 
     Some techniques for displaying user interfaces using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices. 
     Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces with managed display usage. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for managing display usage. Such methods improve image quality (e.g., reduce deterioration of image quality) of displayed user interfaces as an electronic device ages and improve the durability of display devices used to display user interfaces. In addition, such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. Furthermore, such methods and interfaces also reduce the number of unnecessary, extraneous, or repetitive inputs required at computing devices, such as smartphones and smartwatches. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the user interface is associated with a first application; while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a tower power mode; in response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application where the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein: in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, and the one or more programs include instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the user interface is associated with a first application; while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode; in response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application where the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein: in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, and the one or more programs include instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the user interface is associated with a first application; while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode; in response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application where the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein: in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component, and comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the user interface is associated with a first application; while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode; in response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application where the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and while the computer system is in the second mode, updating an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein: in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated, at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component, and comprises: means for displaying, while the computer system is in a first mode, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, where the user interface is associated with a first application; means for detecting, while displaying the first user interface in the first mode, that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode; means for, in response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, entering the second mode, including means for displaying a second user interface that is associated with the first application where the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element; and means for updating, while the computer system is in the second mode, an appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode, wherein: in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a first user interface element depicting a first set of information; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a second user interface associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface is darker than the first user interface, and the second user interface includes a second user interface element depicting the first set of information; and in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a third user interface different from the first user interface and the second user interface, wherein: the third user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the first user interface, and the third user interface does not include the first set of information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, and the one or more programs include instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a first user interface element depicting a first set of information; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a second user interface associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first, user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface is darker than the first user interface, and the second user interface includes a second user interface element depicting the first set of information; and in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a third user interface different from the first user interface and the second user interface, wherein: the third user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the first user interface, and the third user interface does not include the first set of information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, and the one or more programs include instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a first user interface element depicting a first set of information; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a second user interface associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface is darker than the first user interface, and the second user interface includes a second user interface element depicting the first set of information; and in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a third user interface different from the first user interface and the second user interface, wherein: the third user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the first user interface, and the third user interface does not include the first set of information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component, and comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a first user interface element depicting a first set of information; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a second user interface associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface is darker than the first user interface, and the second user interface includes a second user interface element depicting the first set of information; and in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a third user interface different from the first user interface and the second user interface, wherein: the third user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the first user interface, and the third user interface does not include the first set of information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component, and comprises: means for displaying, while the computer system is in a first mode, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a first user interface element depicting a first set of information; means for detecting, while displaying the first user interface, that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and means for, in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a second user interface associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface is darker than the first user interface, and the second user interface includes a second user interface element depicting the first set of information; and in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, displaying a third user interface different from the first user interface and the second user interface, wherein: the third user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the first user interface, and the third user interface does not include the first set of information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a first set of one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, wherein: the appearance of the first user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, and the first user interface is displayed at a first zoom level; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, displaying a second user interface that is different from the first user interface and is associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface includes a second set of one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency that is different from the first update frequency and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency, and the second user interface is displayed at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, and the one or more programs include instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a first set of one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, wherein: the appearance of the first user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, and the first user interface is displayed at a first zoom level; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, displaying a second user interface that is different from the first user interface and is associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface includes a second set of one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency that is different from the first update frequency and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency, and the second user interface is displayed at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, and the one or more programs include instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a first set of one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, wherein: the appearance of the first user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, and the first user interface is displayed at a first zoom level; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, displaying a second user interface that is different from the first user interface and is associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface includes a second set of one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency that is different from the first update frequency and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency, and the second user interface is displayed at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component, and comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first mode, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a first set of one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, wherein: the appearance of the first user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, and the first user interface is displayed at a first zoom level; while displaying the first user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, displaying a second user interface that is different from the first user interface and is associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface includes a second set of one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency that is different from the first update frequency and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency, and the second user interface is displayed at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component, and comprises: a means for displaying while the computer system is in a first mode, via the display generation component, a first user interface that is associated with a first application and that includes a first set of one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element, wherein: the appearance of the first user interface element is periodically updated at a first update frequency, and the first user interface is displayed at a first zoom level; means for detecting, while displaying the first user interface, that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode; and means for, in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, displaying a second user interface that is different from the first user interface and is associated with the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface includes a second set of one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element, the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency that is different from the first update frequency and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency, and the second user interface is displayed at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. 
     Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. 
     Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing display usage, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for managing display usage. 
    
    
     
       DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  6 A- 6 AK  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  7 A- 7 B  illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  9 A- 9 B  illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  10 A- 10 K  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  11 A- 11 B  illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for managing display usage. For example, prolonged display of user interfaces that include non-moving graphical objects (e.g., static images) over time causes screen burn-in or image ghosting. This is particularly true for portable multifunction devices with reduced-sized displays, since elements of a displayed user interface are often displayed repetitively at fixed positions on a display. Techniques that thoughtfully manage what is included on a user interface, how it is displayed, and when it is displayed minimize screen burn-in and image ghosting. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who accesses user interfaces, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs and excessive display brightness, and improve the wear characteristics of display devices used to display user interfaces. 
     Below,  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 ,  3 ,  4 A- 4 B, and  5 A- 5 B  provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing display usage.  FIGS.  6 A- 6 AK  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage.  FIGS.  7 A- 7 B  are a flow diagram illustrating methods for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 AK  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  7 A- 7 B .  FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage.  FIGS.  9 A- 9 B  are a flow diagram illustrating methods for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  9 A- 9 B .  FIGS.  10 A- 10 K  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage.  FIGS.  11 A- 11 B  are a flow diagram illustrating methods for managing display usage in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 K  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  11 A- 11 B . 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the terms “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller  156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content. 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least  256 ). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 , Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG.  2   ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , depth camera controller  169 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG.  2   ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG.  2   ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors  164  and/or one or more depth camera sensors  175 ), such as for tracking a user&#39;s gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed. Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG.  1 A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors  175 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller  169  in I/O subsystem  106 . Depth camera sensor  175  receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor  175  is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module  143 . In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device  100  so that the user&#39;s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor  175  is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device  100 . In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor  175  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor  175  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG.  1 A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” Which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG.  1 A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS.  1 A and  3   . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RI circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  54 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address hook or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced. Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or MIPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext. Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG.  1 A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ), event 2 ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2. ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 , 
       FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG.  3    is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar,”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos,”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather,”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes,” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG.  4 A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG.  3   ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG.  3   ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG.  4 B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG.  4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG.  4 B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG.  4 B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG.  4 B,  460    corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG.  4 B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG.  5 A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS.  1 A- 4 B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No, PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO) Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG.  5 B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A,  1 B , and  3 . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes  700 - 1100  ( FIGS.  7 A- 7 B,  9 A- 9 B,  11 A- 11 B ). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG.  5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS.  1 A,  3 , and  5 A- 5 B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG.  3    or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG.  1 A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG.  4 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized, relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero. 
     In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 
     As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 AK  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  7 A- 7 B . 
     In particular,  FIGS.  6 A- 6 AK  illustrate techniques for managing display usage by altering one or more aspects (e.g., visual characteristics) of a display user interface upon determining that the device has met mode change criteria. In some embodiments, the mode change criteria are one or more criteria that are indicative of reduced user activity or reduced user interaction with the electronic device (e.g., reduced user activity (e.g., physical movement) for a predetermined period of time; a lack of user input for a predetermined period of time; and/or detecting a predefined gesture, such as a cover gesture over the display, corresponding to a request to transition modes). In some embodiments, detecting that the device has met the criteria includes one or more of: receiving data from one or more sensors (e.g., accelerometer, gyroscope, proximity sensor) corresponding to a user gesture (e.g., wrist-down, wrist-up, palm over display), receiving data from one or more sensors indicating user activity below a threshold activity level, and/or determining a predetermined period of time has elapsed without detecting user input at one or more input devices (e.g., touch-screen, rotatable input mechanism, depressible input mechanism). In some embodiments, a predefined period of time associated with mode change criteria differs depending on how display of the presently displayed user interface was initiated (e.g., a longer predefined period a of time for a tap input and shorter predefined period a of time for a wrist raise). 
     Upon determining that mode change criteria have been met, the device transitions from a first mode to a second mode (e.g., a low power mode). In some embodiments, while operating in the second mode, device  600  conserves energy by operating one or more processors of the device at a reduced load, such as by waking (e.g., enabling or turning on) one or more processors of the device at increased intervals (e.g., a reduced rate; less often) compared to operation in the first mode. In some embodiments, a processor includes hardware (e.g., a microprocessor or the like). In some embodiments, a processor includes one or more software components (e.g., software modules for performing various functions; a module for displaying information from applications on a display device; a module for processing sensor data received by the device, a module for performing calculations necessary to perform or implement various features of the device, etc.). 
     Among the visual characteristics described below that may be altered upon transitioning device modes is the overall brightness of a displayed user interface (e.g., average pixel luminance (APL), average lumen output, total lumen output, average illuminance, and/or total illuminance of the pixels comprising the user interface on the display; brightness expressed in nits, lux, and/or lumens). To illustrate this,  FIGS.  6 A- 6 AK  (as well as  FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD, and  10 A- 10 K ) include brightness scale  630  indicating a brightness level at which each respective user interface is displayed by device  600  on display  602 . For example, as represented by the difference between respective brightness scales (e.g., position of circular indicator relative to the top (“HIGH”) and bottom (“LOW”) ends of each scale), clock face user interface  608 - 1  of  FIG.  6 I  is displayed at a higher brightness level (e.g., greater luminance) than clock face user interface  608 - 2  of  FIG.  6 J . 
     Throughout this disclosure, the concept of brightness levels are also discussed with respect to individual graphical elements or groups of graphical elements included in various clock face user interfaces (e.g., affordances, graphical elements included within affordances, complications, clock face elements, backgrounds, indicators, etc.) displayed by device  600  on display  602 . Similar to the brightness level of a clock face user interface, the brightness level of a graphical element as displayed within a clock face user interface on display  602  may also by varied (e.g., using the techniques described below). Please note, however, that as depicted throughout the figures described below, brightness scale  630  reflects an overall brightness level of a respective clock face user interface (e.g., the entire clock face user interface being displayed, not the brightness level of individual graphical elements or groups of graphical elements within the respective clock face user interface), unless otherwise noted. Furthermore, brightness scale  630  is not part of any user interface displayed on device  600 . 
     In addition to brightness scale  630 , the relative displayed brightness of a clock face user interface and elements constituting the clock face user interfaces described below (e.g., graphical objects displayed in or on the user interface, backgrounds, etc.) are also represented by the depicted shading intensities in each figure (e.g., white or lighter greys indicating more brightly displayed elements; darker greys indicating less brightly displayed elements). 
     In some embodiments, brightness levels can be adjusted (increased or decreased) using alpha blending. In some embodiments, decreasing a brightness level includes using alpha blending without altering a backlight of the electronic device to create a simulated or real backlight level. For instance, the device can alpha blend image data representing a clock face user interface (or a portion of a clock face user interface such as an affordance or complication) with an increasingly opaque black masking layer to increasingly dim the clock face user interface as displayed on the screen (e.g., so that the user interface fades to black). 
     In some embodiments, a brightness level of a graphical object in a clock face user interface is changed by altering the shape or composition of the graphical object itself. For example, the brightness of a white clock hand by may decreased by reducing the thickness of the clock hand (e.g., removing white pixels from the element). In some embodiments, a brightness level of a graphical object is altered (e.g., reduced or dimmed) by replacing solid-colored regions of the object with a similarly colored outlines of the solid-colored regions. In some embodiments, a brightness level of a graphical object is reduced or dimmed by altering its colors, for example, by replacing lighter colors (e.g., white, light greys, yellows, etc.) with darker colors (black, dark greys, blues, etc.). Any combination of the brightness altering techniques described above or similar techniques well-known in the art, may be used for adjusting brightness levels of graphical objects and clock face user interfaces in accordance with the embodiments described below. 
     In general, different brightness levels can be achieved using various techniques, which can be employed separately or concurrently. In some embodiments, the brightness level of a graphical element is changed by changing (e.g., brightening, dimming) the brightness of some (or all) pixels of the graphical element. In some embodiments, the brightness level of the graphical element is changed by modifying the graphical element so that fewer (or more) pixels are lit up, such as by thinning (or thickening) lines of the graphical element, and removing (or adding) a background of the graphical element, reducing (or enlarging) a size of the graphical element. 
     Turning now to  FIG.  6 A , device  600  includes display  602 , rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604  (e.g., rotatable and depressible in relation to a housing or frame of the device  600 ), and button  606 . In the embodiments described below, device  600  is a wearable device, such as a smartwatch. In some embodiments, device  600  is a smart phone, a tablet, or other computing system including a display device (e.g., display screen, projection device, and the like). In some embodiments, device  600  includes one or more features of devices  100 ,  300  or  500 . 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 J  illustrate an example scenario involving a timer application running on device  600 . At  FIG.  6 A , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays timer selection user interface  608  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. In some embodiments, while device  600  continues to operate in the standard display mode, the brightness level of the standard display mode is reduced in response to detecting reduced ambient light levels at one or more sensors of device  600  (e.g., lower ambient light levels result in lower display brightness levels, while still maintaining device  600  in the standard display mode). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , timer selection user interface  608  includes selectable timer user interface objects  610 A- 610 D. Each selectable timer user interface object  610 A- 610 D corresponds to a respective duration of time (e.g., object  610 A corresponds to 1 minute, object  610 B corresponds to 3 minutes, object  610 C corresponds to 5 minutes, and object  610 D corresponds to 10 minutes). Each selectable timer user interface object  610 A- 610 D) is selectable to cause device  600  to initiate a countdown timer in the timer application, the countdown timer having a duration equal to the duration of time associated with the selected object. 
     At  FIG.  6 A , while displaying timer selection user interface  608 , device  600  detects input  612  (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input) at a location corresponding to selectable timer user interface object  610 B. At  FIG.  6 B , in response to detecting input  612 , device  600  ceases display of timer selection user interface  608  and displays timer user interface  614 - 1 . At  FIG.  6 B , device  600  continues to operate in the standard display mode (e.g., the higher power consumption display mode), and displays timer user interface  614 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. As illustrated in  FIG.  6 B , timer user interface  614 - 1  includes a plurality of affordances, including timer indication  616 - 1 , cancel button  618 - 1 , and pause button  620 - 1 . Timer indication  616 - 1  depicts how much time is remaining in a countdown timer. In  FIG.  6 B , timer indication  616 - 1  indicates that there are two minutes and 59 seconds remaining. Cancel button  618 - 1  is selectable to cancel the countdown timer. Pause button  620 - 1  is selectable to pause the countdown timer. In some embodiments, if pause button  620 - 1  is selected, device  600  replaces pause button  620 - 1  with a resume button that is selectable to resume the countdown timer. 
     In  FIG.  6 B , while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates timer indication  616 - 1  (e.g., updates timer user interface  614 - 1  and/or updates one or more elements of timer user interface  614 - 1 ) at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once per second, every half second, every tenth of a second, and/or every hundredth of a second). In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  also periodically updates other elements of timer user interface  614 - 1  (e.g., cancel button  618 - 1  and/or pause button  620 - 1 ) at the first update frequency. In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates other elements of timer user interface  614 - 1  (e.g., cancel button  618 - 1  and/or pause button  620 - 1 ) at a different update frequency from timer indication  616 - 1 . 
       FIG.  6 C  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors; and/or no input of certain types for a threshold duration of time) and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). In some embodiments, after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  displays an animation (e.g., a sequence of frames or images) illustrating a higher power consumption user interface (e.g., timer user interface  614 - 1 ) morphing into a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., timer user interface  614 - 2 ). In some embodiments, device  600  displays a plurality of animation frames (e.g., transitional interfaces) while operating in a transitional state between device modes (e.g., a standard power display mode and a low power display mode). 
     At  FIG.  6 C , while operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays timer user interface  614 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface) on display  602 . Timer user interface  614 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than timer user interface  614 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting timer user interface  614 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of timer user interface  614 - 1  on display  602  as depicted in  FIG.  6 B ). In some embodiments, timer user interface  614 - 2  is displayed at a fixed percentage of the brightness level at which device  600  displays timer user interface  614 - 1 . In some embodiments, timer user interface  614 - 2  is displayed at a brightness level based at least in part on an ambient light level detected by one or more sensors of device  600  (e.g., higher ambient light levels result in higher brightness levels while in low power display mode). 
     Corresponding elements in timer user interface  614 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in timer user interface  614 - 1 . In  FIG.  6 C , timer indication  616 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level (e.g., in a darker color) than timer indication  616 - 1  was displayed (e.g., timer indication  616 - 2  is displayed in gray, while timer indication  616 - 1  was displayed in white). Similarly, cancel button  618 - 2  and pause button  620 - 2  are also displayed in different (e.g., darker) colors than cancel button  618 - 1  and pause button  620 - 1  were previously displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the change in brightness levels between corresponding elements (e.g., affordances and/or objects) in timer user interfaces  614 - 1  and  614 - 2  are not uniform (e.g., timer indication  616 - 1  is changed from white to a first color in timer indication  616 - 2 , and button  618 - 1  is changed from white to a second, different color in button  618 - 2 ). In some embodiments, device  600  displays one or more elements in timer user interface  614 - 2  at a reduced size compared to their corresponding elements in timer user interface  614 - 1 . 
     In addition to displaying timer indication  616 - 2  at a lower brightness level, device  600  displays timer indication  616 - 2  at a lower level of precision (e.g., a lower level of accuracy) than timer indication  616 - 1 . As was shown in  FIG.  6 B , timer indication  616 - 1  was previously shown at a first level of precision (e.g., in  FIG.  6 B , in minutes and seconds). In  FIG.  6 C , timer indication  616 - 2  is shown at a second level of precision (e.g., minutes) that is less precise than the first level of precision. In  FIG.  6 C , there are 2 minutes and 38 seconds remaining in the countdown timer, but timer indication  616 - 2  is shown as 2 minutes (e.g., rounded down to 2 minutes or only displaying the minutes value). 
     Furthermore, as discussed above, while device  600  was operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updated timer indication  616 - 1  at a first update frequency. In  FIG.  6 C , while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  periodically updates timer indication  616 - 2  at a second update frequency that is less than the first update frequency (e.g., the second update frequency corresponds to less frequent updates than the first update frequency) (e.g., every 10 seconds, every 30 seconds, and/or every minute). In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  also periodically updates other elements of timer user interface  614 - 2 . (e.g., cancel button  618 - 2  and/or pause button  620 - 2 ) at the second update frequency. In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  periodically updates other elements of timer user interface  614 - 2  (e.g., cancel button  618 - 2  and/or pause button  620 - 2 ) at different update frequencies from timer indication  616 - 2 . Updating timer indication  616 - 2  at a decreased frequency while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode further decreases power consumption in the low power display mode. 
     At  FIG.  6 C , while operating in the low power display mode and displaying timer user interface  614 - 2 , device  600  detects input  622  (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input). 
     At  FIG.  6 D , in response to detecting input  622 , device  600  transitions from the low power display mode to the standard display mode, and replaces display of timer user interface  614 - 2  with timer user interface  614 - 1 . Timer user interface  614 - 1  is displayed at a higher brightness level than timer user interface  614 - 2  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting timer user interface  614 - 1  on display  602  is greater than the brightness level of timer user interface  614 - 2  on display  602  as depicted in  FIG.  6 C ). For example, timer indication  616 - 1 , cancel button  618 - 1 , and pause button  620 - 1  are displayed at a higher brightness level (e.g., displayed with brighter colors) than corresponding elements in timer user interface  614 - 2  (e.g., timer indication  616 - 2 , cancel button  618 - 2 , pause button  620 - 1 ). It can also be seen that timer indication  616 - 1  is displayed at the first level of precision (e.g., seconds), which is a greater level of precision than the second level of precision that was applied in displaying timer indication  616 - 2  (e.g., minutes). In  FIG.  6 D , device  600  periodically updates timer indication  616 - 1  at the first update frequency, which is greater than the second update frequency. 
       FIG.  6 E  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors; and/or no input of certain types for a threshold duration of time) and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode. In  FIG.  6 E , in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of timer user interface  614 - 1  with timer user interface  614 - 2 . As discussed above, while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays timer indication  616 - 2  at the second level of precision that is less precise than the first level of precision that was applied in displaying timer indication  616 - 1 , and periodically updates timer indication  616 - 2  at a second update frequency that is less than the first update frequency. 
     At  FIG.  6 F , device  600  periodically updates timer indication  616 - 2  according to the second update frequency. In the depicted example, the second update frequency is 25 seconds. From  FIG.  6 E  to  FIG.  6 F , 25 seconds have elapsed, and in  FIG.  6 F , there is 1 minute and 57 seconds remaining in the countdown timer. Accordingly, device  600  updates timer indication  616 - 2  to display “1M.” The next update of timer indication  616 - 2  occurs when there is 1 minute and 32 seconds remaining in the countdown timer. However, because there is still between 1 minute and 32 seconds remaining, timer indication  616 - 2  continues to display “1M.” A next update of timer indication  616 - 2  occurs when there is 1 minute and 7 seconds remaining in the countdown timer. Again, because there is still between 1 minute and 2 minutes remaining, timer indication  616 - 2  continues to display “1M.” 
     In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the low power mode, user interface objects, such as timer indication  616 - 2 , are updated at different update frequencies based on whether one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met. For example, in  FIGS.  6 E and  6 F , time-sensitive update criteria are not met, and device  600  periodically updates timer indication  616 - 2  at the second update frequency. However, as discussed below with reference to  FIG.  6 G , in some embodiments, if one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met, device  600 , while continuing to operate in the low power display mode, periodically updates tinier indication  616 - 2  at a third update frequency that is greater than (e.g., more frequent than) the second update frequency. 
       FIG.  6 G  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more time-sensitive update criteria have been met while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode. In  FIG.  6 G , the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a criterion that is met when there is less than a threshold amount of time remaining in the countdown timer (e.g., less than 1 minute remaining). In response to determining that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria have been met, device  600  periodically updates timer indication  616 - 2  at a third update frequency (e.g., more than once a second, every second, every half second, and/or every tenth of a second) that is greater than the second update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency is equal to the first update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency is less than the first update frequency. 
     In  FIG.  6 G , in response to determining that one or more time-sensitive update criteria have been met while device  600  is operating in the low power mode, device  600  also displays timer indication  616 - 2  at a third level of precision (e.g., minutes and seconds) that is more precise than the second level of precision e.g., minutes). In the depicted embodiment, the third level of precision is the same as the first level of precision that was utilized while device  600  was in the standard display mode. In  FIG.  6 G , timer indication  616 - 2  indicates that there are 59 seconds remaining in the countdown timer. 
     At  FIG.  6 H , device  600  continues to periodically update timer indication  616 - 2  at the third update frequency (e.g., because the one or more time-sensitive update criteria continue to be met). In  FIG.  6 H , device  600  has updated timer indication  616 - 2  to indicate that there are 58 seconds remaining in the countdown timer. 
     By increasing the update frequency of timer indication  616 - 2 . (e.g., from the second update frequency to the third update frequency) when one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, device  600  can conserve power with less frequent updates when frequent updates are not needed (e.g., updating once every 25 seconds when there is greater than one minute remaining in the timer), and can also provide more useful information and/or a greater level of accuracy by increasing the frequency of updates in more time-sensitive scenarios (e.g., updating once every half second in the last minute of the timer). In some embodiments, the timer application and/or one or more elements of timer user interface  614 - 2  are updated at a higher frequency than the second update frequency (e.g., at the first update frequency, at the third update frequency, and/or a different update frequency) while the timer indication  616 - 2  is updated at the second update frequency. For example, in some embodiments, the timer application and/or one or more elements of timer user interface  614 - 2  are updated at a higher frequency than the second update frequency when there are less than two minutes remaining on the timer, and/or for all time periods (e.g., whereas the timer indication  616 - 2  is updated at the second update frequency for all time periods except for when there is less than one minute remaining on the timer). 
     At  FIG.  6 H , while displaying timer user interface  614 - 2  and while operating in the low power display mode, device  600  detects input  624  (e.g., a depression of rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 ). At  FIG.  6 I , in response to detecting input  624 , device  600  transitions from the low power display mode to the standard display mode. Additionally, in response to detecting input  624 , device  600  replaces display of timer user interface  614 - 2  with clock face user interface  626 - 1 . In  FIG.  6 I , the timer application continues to run in the background while clock face user interface  626 - 1  is displayed in the foreground. More details pertaining to the clock face user interface  626 - 1  are discussed below with reference to clock face user interface  650 - 1  and clock face user interface  650 - 2  in  FIGS.  6 P- 6 V . 
       FIG.  6 J  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors; and/or no input of certain types for a threshold duration of time) and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode. In  FIG.  6 J , in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of clock face user interface  626 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with clock face user interface  626 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface). Clock face user interface  626 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than clock face user interface  626 - 1  in a manner similar to that described above with reference to timer user interface  614 - 1  and timer user interface  614 - 2 . 
     In  FIG.  6 J , while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, the countdown timer continues to run, and still has less than one minute remaining. However, in some embodiments, including the depicted embodiment, the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a criterion that is met when the application that is in a time-sensitive situation (in this case, the tinier application) is a foregrounded application, and that is not met when the application is not foregrounded (e.g., is backgrounded). In the scenario depicted in  FIG.  6 J , although the timer application has less than one minute remaining in the countdown timer, because the timer application is backgrounded, the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met, and display  602  is not updated at the third update frequency (e.g., is updated at an update frequency that is lower than the third update frequency (e.g., the second update frequency)). 
       FIGS.  6 K- 6 X  illustrate an example scenario involving a stopwatch application running on device  600 . At  FIG.  6 K , while operating in the standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard brightness level. As illustrated in  FIG.  6 K , stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  includes elapsed time indication  634 - 1 , lap button  636 - 1 , and start button  638 - 1 . Elapsed time indication  634 - 1  depicts the amount of time that has elapsed since starting the stopwatch (e.g., how much time has elapsed after a user input is received on start button  638 - 1 ). Lap button  636 - 1  is selectable to record the elapsed stopwatch time when the lap button  636 - 1  is selected (e.g., while continuing to have the stopwatch run). Start button  638 - 1  is selectable to start the stopwatch. 
     In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates one or more elements of stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  (e.g., elapsed time indication  634 - 1 ) at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once per second, every hundredth of a second, and/or every twentieth of a second). Additionally, while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 1  at a first level of precision. In  FIG.  6 L , the first level of precision is to a hundredth of a second. 
     At  FIG.  6 K , device  600  detects input  640  (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input) at a location corresponding to start button  638 - 1 . In response to detecting input  640 , device  600  starts the stopwatch, and elapsed time indication  634 - 1  displays the elapsed time. 
     At  FIG.  6 L , device  600  continues to operate in the standard display mode, and continues to display stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  at the standard brightness level. In  FIG.  6 L , in response to detecting input  640 , device  600  replaces start button  638 - 1  with stop button  642 - 1 . At  FIG.  6 L , 4.14 seconds have elapsed since the stopwatch was started (e.g., since device  600  detected input  640 ), as indicated by elapsed time indication  634 - 1 . 
     At  FIG.  6 L , device  600  detects input  644  (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input) at a location corresponding to lap button  636 - 1 . At  FIG.  6 M , in response to detecting input  644 , device  600  displays lap time indication  646 - 1  within stopwatch user interface  632 - 1 . Lap time indication  646 - 1  indicates that a user input was received on lap button  636 - 1  when 4.14 seconds had elapsed on the stopwatch. In  FIG.  6 M , elapsed time indication  634 - 1  indicates that 7.02 seconds have elapsed since the stopwatch was started. 
       FIG.  6 N  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). 
     At  FIG.  6 N , while operating in the low power display mode, and in response to determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  ceases display of stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  and displays stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface) on display  602  (e.g., replaces display of stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  with stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 ). Stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than stopwatch user interface  632 - 1 . In some embodiments, stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  is displayed at a fixed percentage of the brightness level at which device  600  displays stopwatch user interface  632 - 1 . In some embodiments, stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  is displayed at a brightness level based at least in part on an ambient light level detected by one or more sensors of device  600  (e.g., higher ambient light levels result in higher brightness levels while in low power display mode). 
     As discussed above, corresponding elements in stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in stopwatch user interface  632 - 1 . In  FIG.  6 N , elapsed time indication  634 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level (e.g., in a darker color) than elapsed time indication  634 - 1  was displayed (e.g., elapsed time indication  634 - 2  is displayed in gray, while elapsed time indication  634 - 1  was displayed in white). Similarly, lap button  636 - 2  and stop button  642 - 2  are also displayed at lower brightness levels than lap button  636 - 1  and stop button  642 - 1  were previously displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the change in brightness levels between corresponding elements (e.g., affordances and/or objects) in stopwatch user interfaces  632 - 1  and  632 - 2  are not uniform. In some embodiments, one or more elements in stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  are displayed at a reduced size compared to their corresponding elements in stopwatch user interface  632 - 1 . 
     While device  600  was operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updated elapsed time indication  634 - 1  at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once a second, every hundredth of a second, and/or every twentieth of a second). As discussed above with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 J , in some embodiments, the update frequency while the device  600  is operating in the low power display mode depends on whether one or more time-sensitive update criteria have been met. If the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met, device  600  periodically updates elapsed time indication  634 - 2  (e.g., updates stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  and/or one or more elements of stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 ) at a second update frequency that is less than the first update frequency (e.g., once every minute, once every thirty seconds, and/or once every ten seconds). If the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met, device  600  periodically updates elapsed time indication  634 - 2  (e.g., updates stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  and/or one or more elements of stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 ) at a third update frequency that is greater than the second update frequency (e.g., once every second and/or once every half second). In some embodiments, the third update frequency is greater than the second update frequency, and less than the first update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency is equal to the first update frequency. 
     Furthermore, in some embodiments, as also discussed above with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 J , when device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, elapsed time indication  634 - 2  is displayed at different levels of precision based on whether the one or more time-sensitive update criteria have been met. If the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at a second level of precision that is less precise than the first level of precision that was applied while the device  600  was operating in the standard display mode. If the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at a third level of precision that is more precise than the second level of precision. In some embodiments, the third level of precision is more precise than the second level of precision and less precise than the first level of precision. In some embodiments, the third level of precision is equal to the first level of precision. 
     In the example scenario depicted in  FIGS.  6 K- 6 X , the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a criterion that is met when device  600  is operating in the low power mode and less than a threshold amount of time has elapsed in the stopwatch application (e.g., less than one minute of elapsed time has been measured by the stopwatch application). 
     In  FIG.  6 N , device  600  is operating in the low power mode, and less than one minute has elapsed in the stopwatch application. Accordingly, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at the third level of precision (e.g., seconds) and periodically updates elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at the third update frequency (e.g., every second, every half second, and/or every tenth of second). In the depicted example, the third update frequency is less than the first update frequency, but greater than the second update frequency. 
     In the depicted embodiment, while certain non-static content in stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 , such as elapsed time indication  634 - 2 , is shown at a lower level of precision compared to stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  (e.g., shown at a lower level of precision when device  600  is in the low power display mode than when device  600  is in the standard display mode), static content is shown at the same level of precision as stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  (e.g., static content is shown at the same level of precision regardless of whether device  600  is in the low power display mode or in the standard display mode). For example, lap time indication  646 - 2  is shown at the same level of precision as lap time indication  646 - 1  (e.g., with lap time shown to the hundredth of a second). 
     At  FIG.  6 O , device  600  continues to operate in the low power display mode and continues to display stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 . In  FIG.  6 O , 21.26 seconds have elapsed on the stopwatch timer. At  FIG.  6 O , in response to the one or more time-sensitive update criteria being met, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at the third level of precision (e.g., rounded to seconds) and also periodically updates elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at the third update frequency (e.g., every second, every half second, and/or every tenth of a second). 
     At  FIG.  6 O , while operating in the low power display mode and displaying stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 , device  600  detects input  648  (e.g., a depression of rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 ). At  FIG.  6 P , in response to input  648 , device  600  transitions from the low power display mode to the standard display mode, and replaces display of stopwatch user interface  632 - 2  with clock face user interface  650 - 1 . In  FIG.  6 P , the stopwatch application continues to run, and the elapsed time is shown in stopwatch complication  658 - 1 . 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 P , clock face user interface  650 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) that is displayed while device  600  operates in the standard display mode, includes analog time indication  665 - 1  (e.g., a representation of analog clock hands displaying current hour, minute, and second values) and multiple affordances (e.g., clock face complications). In some embodiments, each affordance is associated with an application on device  600  (e.g., the affordance launches an associated application upon selection and/or the affordance displays information from the associated application). In  FIG.  6 P , the affordances include battery level complication  652 - 1 , compass complication  654 - 1 , messages complication  656 - 1 , stopwatch complication  658 - 1 , calendar complication  660 - 1 , heartrate complication  662 - 1 , solar complication  664 - 1 , and solar system complication  666 - 1 . In the depicted embodiment, based on device  600  operating in the standard display mode, device  600  displays stopwatch complication  658 - 1  at the first level of precision (e.g., to hundredths of a second) and periodically updates stopwatch complication  658 - 1  at the first update frequency. 
       FIG.  6 Q  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). At  FIG.  6 Q , while operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays clock face user interface  650 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface) on display  602 . Clock face user interface  650 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than clock face user interface  650 - 1 . Clock face user interface  650 - 2  includes analog time indication  665 - 2 , which is a low power version of analog time indication  665 - 1 . Clock face user interface  650 - 2  also includes a plurality of affordances (e.g., battery level complication  652 - 2 , compass complication  654 - 2 , messages complication  656 - 2 , stopwatch complication  658 - 2 , calendar complication  660 - 2 , heartrate complication  662 - 2 , solar complication  664 - 2 , and solar system complication  666 - 2 ) which correspond to the plurality of affordance in clock face user interface  650 - 1  and represent low power display mode versions of those affordances. 
     Stopwatch complication  658 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than stopwatch complication  658 - 1 . In  FIG.  6 Q , device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, and the stopwatch application has measured an elapsed time of less than one minute. Accordingly, the one more time-sensitive update criteria are met. In accordance with this determination, device  600  displays stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the third level of precision (e.g., seconds) and periodically updates stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the third update frequency (e.g., every half second and/or every second). 
     At  FIG.  6 R , device  600  continues to operate in the low power display mode and continues to display clock face user interface  650 - 2 . In  FIG.  6 R , 38.94 seconds have elapsed on the stopwatch timer. The one or more time-sensitive update criteria continue to be met. Accordingly, device  600  displays stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the third level of precision (e.g., seconds), showing 38 seconds elapsed, and periodically updates stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the third update frequency (e.g., every half second and/or every second). 
     At  FIG.  6 S , one minute has elapsed in the stopwatch timer. Accordingly, the time-sensitive update criteria are no longer met. In response to this determination, device  600  stops updating stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the third update frequency, and begins updating stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the second update frequency (e.g., every thirty seconds and/or every minute) that is less than the third update frequency. In the depicted embodiment, the second update frequency is one minute. Furthermore, because the time-sensitive update criteria are no longer met, device  600  stops displaying stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the third level of precision (e.g., seconds), and displays stopwatch complication  658 - 2  at the second level of precision (e.g., minutes). 
     At  FIG.  6 T , thirty-five seconds have elapsed from  FIG.  6 S  such that one minute and thirty-five seconds of elapsed time has been measured by the stopwatch application. However, because device  600  is updating stopwatch complication  658 - 2  once per minute, and stopwatch complication  658 - 2  is displayed at the second level of precision (e.g., minutes), stopwatch complication  658 - 2  continues to display “1 MINUTE.” 
     At  FIG.  6 U , the stopwatch application has measured two minutes of elapsed time, such that twenty-five seconds have elapsed from  FIG.  6 T , and one minute has elapsed from the last update of stopwatch complication  568 - 2  (e.g., in  FIG.  6 S ). Accordingly, device  600  updates stopwatch complication  658 - 2  to display “2 MINUTES.” 
     At  FIG.  6 V , nine seconds have elapsed from  FIG.  6 U  such that two minutes and nine seconds of elapsed time has been measured by the stopwatch application. However, because device  600  is updating stopwatch complication  658 - 2  once per minute, and stopwatch complication  658 - 2  is displayed at the second level of precision (e.g., minutes), stopwatch complication  658 - 2  continues to display “2 MINUTES.” 
     At  FIG.  6 V , while displaying clock face user interface  650 - 2 , device  600  detects input  668  at a location corresponding to stopwatch complication  658 - 2 . 
     At  FIG.  6 W , in response to detecting input  668 , device  600  transitions from the low power display mode to the standard display mode, and replaces display of clock face user interface  650 - 2  with stopwatch user interface  632 - 1 . As discussed above, while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 1  at a standard brightness level and with the first level of precision (hundredths of a second), and periodically updates elapsed time indication  634 - 1  at the first update frequency (e.g., multiple times a second and/or every hundredth of a second). 
       FIG.  6 X  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode and replacing display of stopwatch user interface  632 - 1  with stopwatch user interface  632 - 2 . In  FIG.  6 X , the time-sensitive update criteria are no longer met, as the elapsed time measured by the stopwatch application exceeds one minute. Accordingly, device  600  displays elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at the second level of precision (e.g., minutes) and periodically updates elapsed time indication  634 - 2  at the second update frequency (e.g., every thirty seconds and/or every minute). 
       FIGS.  6 Y- 6 AB  illustrate an example scenario involving an alarm clock application running on device  600 . At  FIG.  6 Y , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays clock face user interface  650 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard brightness level. As illustrated in  FIG.  6 Y , clock face user interface  650 - 1  includes analog time indication  665 - 1  (e.g., a representation of analog clock hands displaying current hour, minute, and second values) and multiple affordances (e.g., clock face complications). In some embodiments, each affordance is associated with an application on device  600  (e.g., the affordance launches an associated application upon selection and/or the affordance displays information from the associated application). In  FIG.  6 Y , the affordances include battery level complication  652 - 1 , compass complication  654 - 1 , messages complication  656 - 1 , stopwatch complication  658 - 1 , calendar complication  660 - 1 , alarm clock complication  670 - 1 , solar complication  664 - 1 , and solar system complication  666 - 1 . 
     In  FIG.  6 Y , the current time is 11:26 a.m., and alarm clock complication  670 - 1  shows a next scheduled alarm at 11:30 a.m. (four minutes from the current time). While device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates display of alarm clock complication  670 - 1  at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once a second, every tenth of a second, every hundredth of a second, and/or every thousandth of a second). 
       FIG.  6 Z  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). At  FIG.  6 Z , in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of clock face user interface  650 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with clock face user interface  650 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface). Clock face user interface  650 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than clock face user interface  650 - 1 . Clock face user interface  650 - 2  includes analog time indication  665 - 2 , which is a low power version of analog time indication  665 - 1 . Clock face user interface  650 - 2  also includes a plurality of affordances (e.g., battery level complication  652 - 2 , compass complication  654 - 2 , messages complication  656 - 2 , stopwatch complication  658 - 2 , calendar complication  660 - 2 , alarm clock complication  670 - 2 , solar complication  664 - 2 , and solar system complication  666 - 2 ) which correspond to the plurality of affordance in clock face user interface  650 - 1  and represent low power display mode versions of those affordances. 
     In the depicted example, one or more time-sensitive update criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when less than a threshold amount of time remains until a next scheduled alarm (e.g., less than one minute until the next scheduled alarm). In  FIG.  6 Z , there are still four minutes remaining until the next scheduled alarm. As such, the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met. In accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met, device  600  periodically updates display of alarm clock complication  670 - 2  (e.g., periodically updates display of clock face user interface  650 - 2  and/or periodically updates display of one or more elements of clock face user interface  650 - 2 ) at a second update frequency that is lower than (e.g., less frequent than) the first update frequency (e.g., the second update frequency is once a minute, every thirty seconds, and/or every ten seconds). 
     At  FIG.  6 A  A, three minutes have elapsed since  FIG.  6 Z , and there is now only one minute remaining until the next scheduled alarm and the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met. Accordingly, device  600  begins periodically updating display of alarm clock complication  670 - 2  at a third update frequency (e.g., once every second and/or once every half second) that is greater than the second update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency is less than the first update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency is equal to the first update frequency. 
     At  FIG.  6 AB , the current time is 11:30 am. In accordance with a determination that the current time corresponds to a next scheduled alarm time, device  600  displays alarm clock user interface  672 . Alarm clock user interface  672  includes alarm time indication  672 , snooze button  676 , and stop button  678 . 
       FIGS.  6 AC- 6 AK  illustrate an example scenario involving a navigation application running on device  600 . At  FIG.  6 AC , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays navigation user interface  680 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard brightness level. As shown in  FIG.  6 AC , navigation user interface  680 - 1  includes next direction indication  682 - 1 , map  684 - 1 , and current location indication  686 . Next direction indication  682 - 1  displays information pertaining to a next upcoming navigation instruction, including the distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction, the direction of the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., straight, left, right), and a street name for the next upcoming navigation instruction. Current location indication  686  indicates on map  684 - 1  a current geographic location of device  600 . 
     In some embodiments, while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates one or more elements of navigation user interface  680 - 1  (e.g., next direction indication  682 - 1 , map  684 - 1 , and/or current location indication  686 ) at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once per second, every hundredth of a second, and/or every twentieth of a second). 
       FIG.  6 AD  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met and, in response, transitioning out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). At  FIG.  6 AD , in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of navigation user interface  680 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with navigation user interface  680 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface). 
     Navigation user interface  680 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than navigation user interface  680 - 1 . Navigation user interface  680 - 2  includes next direction indication  682 - 2  and map  684 - 2 . In the depicted embodiment, while operating in the low power display mode, device  600  does not display a current location indicator as part of navigation user interface  680 - 2 . 
     In some embodiments, when operating in the standard display mode, device  600  displays map  684 - 1  at a first zoom level, and when operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays map  684 - 2  at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level, wherein the second zoom level represents a zoomed out zoom level compared to the first zoom level. An example of such an implementation is depicted in  FIGS.  6 AD- 6 AG . In some embodiments, when operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays map  684 - 2  at the same zoom level as map  684 - 1  (e.g., the first zoom level). An example of such an implementation is depicted in  FIGS.  6 AH- 6 AK .  FIGS.  6 AH- 6 AK  are identical to  FIGS.  6 AD- 6 AG  except for the zoom level of map  684 - 2 . 
     In the depicted example, one or more time-sensitive update criteria include a criterion that is met when less than a threshold distance remains until a next navigation instruction (e.g., less than one mile until the next navigation instruction). In  FIG.  6 AD  (and also in  FIG.  6 AH ), there are three miles until the next navigation instruction. As such, the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met. In accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met, device  600  periodically updates one or more elements of navigation user interface  680 - 2  (e.g., next direction indication  682 - 2  and/or map  684 - 2 ) at a second update frequency (e.g., once every 30 seconds and/or once every minute) that is less than the first update frequency. Furthermore, in accordance with the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not met, device  600  displays next direction indication  682 - 2  without displaying the distance to the next upcoming navigation direction. 
     In  6 AE (and also in  FIG.  6 AI ), there are two miles until the next navigation instruction, and the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are still not met. As such, device  600  continues to periodically update one or more elements of navigation user interface  680 - 2  at the second update frequency. 
     In  FIG.  6 AF  (and also in  FIG.  6 AJ ), there is one mile until the next navigation instruction, and device  600  determines that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met. In response to determining that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are met, device  600  periodically updates the one or more elements of navigation user interface  680 - 2  at a third update frequency (e.g., once every second, once every half second, and/or once every tenth of a second) that is greater than the second update frequency. Furthermore, in  FIG.  6 AF  (and also in  FIG.  6 AJ ), device  600  displays next direction indication  682 - 2  such that next direction indication  682 - 2  includes the distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “1.0 MI”). 
     In  FIG.  6 AG  (and also in  FIG.  6 AK ), there are 0.9 miles until the next navigation instruction, and the one or more time-sensitive update criteria continue to be met. Accordingly, device  600  continues to periodically update the one or more elements of navigation user interface  680 - 2  at the third update frequency, and continues to display the distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “0.9 MF”) in the next direction indication  682 - 2 . 
       FIGS.  7 A- 7 B  are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method  700  is performed at a device (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ) with a display. Some operations in method  700  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  700  provides an intuitive way for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)), while the computer system is in a first mode ( 702 ) (e.g., a higher power consumption mode (e.g., a mode that corresponds to a brighter display, increased performance, and/or more frequent display updates)), displays ( 704 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g.,  614 - 1 ,  626 - 1 ,  632 - 1 ,  650 - 1 , and/or  680 - 1 ) that includes one or more user interface elements including a first user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 1 ,  634 - 1 ,  658 - 1 ,  670 - 1 ,  682 - 1 , and/or  684 - 1 ), where the user interface is associated with a first application (e.g., a timer application, a stopwatch application, an alarm clock application, and/or a navigation application). 
     While displaying the first user interface in the first mode ( 706 ), the computer system detects ( 708 ) that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode, wherein the second mode is a lower power mode (e.g., reaching a duration of time since a last input, a wrist down gesture, and/or a hand cover gesture). 
     In response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode ( 710 ), the computer system enters the second mode, including displaying a second user interface (e.g., a low power user interface) (e.g.,  614 - 2 ,  626 - 2 ,  632 - 2 ,  650 - 2 , and/or  680 - 2 ) that is associated with the first application where the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface and includes one or more user interface elements including a second user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 2 ,  634 - 2 ,  658 - 2 ,  670 - 2 ,  682 - 2 , and/or  684 - 2 ). In some embodiments, the second user interface is a low power version of the first user interface. In some embodiments, the second user interface differs from the first user interface in one or more visual characteristics (e.g., size of elements, color, hue, saturation, opacity, shape). In some embodiments, the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element (e.g., is a low power version of the first user interface element). In some embodiments, the second user interface element differs from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics (e.g., brightness, size, color, hue, saturation, opacity, shape). In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface includes replacing display of the first user interface with the second user interface. 
     While the computer system is in the second mode ( 714 ), the computer system updates ( 716 ) an appearance of the second user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 2 ,  634 - 2 ,  658 - 2 ,  670 - 2 ,  682 - 2 , and/or  684 - 2 ) (in some embodiments, updating an appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode (e.g., while maintaining a dimmer display, decreased performance and/or less frequent display updates). 
     In accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied (e.g., in accordance with a determination that a time-sensitive update has not been detected) ( 718 ), the appearance of the second user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) is periodically updated at a first update frequency (e.g., 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 C,  6 E,  6 F,  6 S,  6 T,  6 U,  6 V,  6 X,  6 Z,  6 AD,  6 AE   6 AH, and/or  6 AI). In accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied (e.g., in accordance with a determination that one or more time-sensitive updates have been detected) ( 720 ), the appearance of the second user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) is periodically updated at a second update frequency (e.g., a fraction of a second and/or a second) different from the first update frequency, wherein the second update frequency is greater than the first update frequency (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 G ,  6 F 1 ,  6 N,  6 O,  6 Q,  6 R,  6 AA,  6 AF,  6 AG,  6 AJ, and/or  6 AK). Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency when time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. Updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency when time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed (e.g., when displaying time-sensitive information), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode and the first user interface is displayed (e.g., user interface  614 - 1  in  FIG.  6 B , user interface  631 - 2 . In  FIGS.  6 K- 6 M , user interface  650 - 1  in  FIG.  6 P , user interface  680 - 1  in  FIG.  6 AC ), the first user interface element is periodically updated at a third update frequency (e.g., different from the first update frequency and/or the second update frequency). In some embodiments, the third update frequency is greater than the first update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency is greater than the second update frequency and the first update frequency. 
     In some embodiments, after periodically updating the appearance of the second user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) one or more times at the second update frequency (e.g., while the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied) (e.g., while also maintaining the computer system in the second mode), the computer system detects that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are no longer satisfied (e.g., determining that one or more time-sensitive updates are no longer detected); and, in response to detecting that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are no longer satisfied, the computer system periodically updates the appearance of the second user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) at the first update frequency while the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied) (e.g., while also maintaining the computer system in the second mode). 
     In some embodiments, after periodically updating the appearance of the second user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) one or more times at the first update frequency (e.g., while the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied) (e.g., while also maintaining the computer system in the second mode), the computer system detects that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied (e.g., detecting one or more time-sensitive updates); and, in response to detecting that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the computer system periodically updates the appearance of the second user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the second user interface) at the second update frequency (e.g., while the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied) (e.g., while also maintaining the computer system in the second mode). 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the second mode, the computer system detects that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode (e.g., higher power consumption in the second mode than in the first mode)) (e.g., a wrist raise gesture, and/or a user input (e.g., a touch-screen user input, a user input via a rotatable and/or depressible input mechanism)); and, in response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, the computer system enters the first mode; and, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system updates the appearance of the first user interface element (in some embodiments, the appearance of the one or more user interface elements of the first user interface) over time according to a third update frequency that is different from the first update frequency, wherein the third update frequency corresponds to a greater update frequency than the first update frequency. In some embodiments, the third update frequency corresponds to a greater update frequency than the first update frequency and the second update frequency. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more time-sensitive update criteria includes a first criterion that is satisfied when the first application is a foreground application ( 722 ) (e.g., an application operating in the foreground) (e.g., wherein the first criterion is not satisfied when the first application is not a foreground application (e.g., is a background application)) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 G- 6 H , timer application is foreground application, and  FIG.  6 J , timer application is background application). In some embodiments, if a time-sensitive update corresponding to the first application is detected while the first application is in the foreground, the second user interface element is periodically updated at the second update frequency. In some embodiments, if a time-sensitive update corresponding to the first application is detected while the first application is not in the foreground, the second user interface element is periodically updated at the first update frequency. Updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency when the first application is a foreground application provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed, thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Updating the second user interface element at a decreased update frequency when the first application is a background application reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the second user interface element is a complication (e.g.,  658 - 2 ) corresponding to the first application ( 724 ) (e.g., a complication that displays data received from the first application). In some embodiments, a complication refers to a clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours, minutes, or seconds of a current time associated with the device. In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display while the device is in a particular power consumption mode. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a sequence of one or more inputs, the device may change or edit an aspect of a complication. For example, this could be used to change application data displayed by an application complication. In some embodiments, the complication may indicate a first set of information obtained by an application (e.g., application data) (for example, if the application is a weather application, a set of information could be a forecasted weather condition, a current temperature, etc), and upon editing, the complication could be updated to indicate a second set of information from the same application (e.g., if the application is a weather application, the display could be edited from showing a current temperature to showing current precipitation). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a sequence of one or more inputs, the device may change or edit a complication to indicate a set of information from a different application (e.g., if the application is a weather application, the display could be edited from showing weather to showing data from a calendar application). Updating a complication at a reduced update frequency when time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. Updating a complication at an increased update frequency when time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed (e.g., when displaying time-sensitive information), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting, with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first application is a timer application (e.g., an application that counts down from a starting time) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 A- 6 H ); and the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the timer application has less than a predetermined amount of time remaining (e.g., the last minute of a timer, the last 30 seconds of a timer, the last 10 seconds of a timer) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 G- 6 H ). In some embodiments, the determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied comprises a determination that the tinier application has greater than the predetermined amount of time remaining (e.g., more than one minute remaining, more than 30 second remaining, more than 10 seconds remaining). For example, for the last time period (e.g., the last minute, last 30 seconds, last 15 seconds) of a timer, progress of the timer is updated more frequently than for portions of the timer before the last time period of the timer. Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency when a timer application has greater than a threshold amount of time remaining reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. Updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency when a timer application has less than a threshold amount of time remaining provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed (e.g., when the timer application is approaching the end of the timer), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first application is a stopwatch application (e.g., an application that measures how much time has elapsed from a starting condition (e.g., from a start input provided by a user)) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 K- 6 X ); and the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that the stopwatch application has measured less than a predetermined period of time (e.g., the first minute of a stopwatch, the first 30 seconds of a stopwatch) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 N,  6 O,  6 Q,  6 R ). In some embodiments, the determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied comprises a determination that the stopwatch application has measured greater than the predetermined period of time (e.g., more than one minute, more than 30 seconds). For example, for the initial time period (e.g., the first minute, first 30 seconds, first 15 seconds) of a stopwatch, progress of the stopwatch is updated more frequently than for portions of the stopwatch after the initial time period of the stopwatch. Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency when a stopwatch application has measured greater than a threshold amount of time reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. Updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency when a stopwatch application has measured less than a threshold amount of time provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed (e.g., when the stopwatch application has measured less than one minute of time), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first application is an alarm clock application (e.g., an application that causes the computer system to output an alarm (e.g., a visual output, an auditory output, and/or a haptic output) at a predefined (e.g., user-defined) time) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 Y- 6 AB ); and the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that less than a predetermined amount of time remains until a next alarm is scheduled to be output by the computer system (e.g., less than one minute until the next alarm, less than 30 seconds until the next alarm) (e.g.,  FIG.  6 AA ). In some embodiments, the determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied comprises a determination that greater than the predetermined amount of time remains until the next alarm is scheduled to be output by the computer system (e.g., greater than one minute until the next alarm, greater than 30 seconds until the next alarm). For example, for a period of time immediately preceding a scheduled time when an alarm is scheduled to be output (e.g., the last minute before the alarm is scheduled to be output, last 30 seconds, last 15 seconds), the second user interface element and/or the second user interface are updated more frequently than for other periods of time that do not immediately precede a schedule alarm time. Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency when an alarm clock application has greater than a threshold amount of time remaining until a next alarm is scheduled to be output reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. Updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency when an alarm clock application has less than a threshold amount of time remaining until a next alarm is scheduled to be output provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed (e.g., when an alarm is imminent), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while in the second mode: at a first time, in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the computer system updates the appearance of the second user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 2 ) periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode (e.g.,  616 - 2  in  FIGS.  6 E and  6 F ), wherein the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 1 ) (e.g., displays information corresponding to information displayed by the first user interface element) (e.g., the second user interface element is a low power version of the first user interface element) and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics (e.g., brightness, position, size, color, hue, saturation, opacity, and/or shape) (e.g.,  616 - 2  is displayed in a darker color than  616 - 1 ). While in the second mode, and at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode and while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element (e.g., maintaining brightness, position, size, color, huge, saturation, opacity, and/or shape) (e.g.,  616 - 2  in  FIGS.  6 G and  6 H ). Maintaining one or more low power visual characteristics, such as a reduced brightness or decreased element size, even when updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency, reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the second user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 2 ) corresponds to the first user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 1 ) (e.g., displays information corresponding to information displayed by the first user interface element) (e.g., is a low power version of the first user interface element) and is different from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics (e.g., brightness, position, size, color, hue, saturation, opacity, and/or shape) (e.g.,  616 - 2  differs in color and/or brightness from  616 - 1 ); and updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically while maintaining the computer system in the second mode comprises updating the appearance of the second user interface element periodically (e.g., regardless of whether at the first update frequency or at the second update frequency) while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element (e.g.,  616 - 2  in  FIGS.  6 E- 6 H ) (e.g., maintaining a reduced brightness, a different position, a reduced size, a different color scheme, a different hue, a reduced saturation, a reduced opacity, and/or a smaller shape relative to the first user interface element) (e.g., updating information presented by the second user interface element periodically while maintaining at least some of the one or more visual characteristics that are different from the first user interface element). Maintaining one or more low power visual characteristics, such as a reduced brightness or decreased element size, even when updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency, reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, while in the second mode: at a first time, in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied, the computer system updates the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the first update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode (e.g.,  616 - 2  in  FIGS.  6 E and  6 F ), wherein: the second user interface element displays a first set of information, and while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the first, update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a first level of precision (e.g., a degree of accuracy or exactness of a value (e.g., a time value, a measurement value)) (e.g.,  616 - 2  displayed in minutes in  FIGS.  6 E and  6 F ). While in the second mode, and at a second time subsequent to the first time, in accordance with a determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied, the computer system updates the appearance of the second user interface element periodically at the second update frequency while maintaining the computer system in the second mode (e.g.,  616 - 2  in  FIGS.  6 G and  614   ), wherein: while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated at the second update frequency, the first set of information is displayed at a second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision (e.g., a greater degree of accuracy or a greater degree of exactness of a value) (e.g.,  616 - 2  displayed in seconds in  FIGS.  6 G and  6 H ). Reducing the precision of displayed information when one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied enables the device to perform less operations to determine the displayed information and/or allows the display to display less information (e.g., do not display seconds when displaying time), thereby providing the user with valuable feedback while reducing processing resource usage and/or reducing display brightness (e.g., turning off pixels that would otherwise be used to display greater precision information). Reducing processing resource usage and reducing display brightness reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device. 
     In some embodiments, the second user interface comprises a third user interface element (e.g.,  646 - 2 ) (e.g., different from and/or separate from the second user interface element). The third user interface element displays a second set of information (e.g., different from the first set of information). At the first time, while the appearance of the second user interface element (e.g.,  634 - 2 ) is updated periodically at the first update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the first level of precision (e.g.,  634 - 2  in  FIG.  6 X , shown in minutes), the second set of information is displayed at a third level of precision (e.g.,  646 - 2  in  FIG.  6 X , shown to hundredths of a second); and at the second time, while the appearance of the second user interface element is updated periodically at the second update frequency and the first set of information is displayed at the second level of precision that is more precise than the first level of precision (e.g.,  634 - 2  in  FIG.  6 O , shown in seconds), display of the second set of information is maintained at the third level of precision (e.g.,  646 - 2  in  FIG.  6 O , shown to hundredths of a second). In some embodiments, the third level of precision is more precise than the first level of precision (e.g., a greater degree of accuracy or a greater degree of exactness of a value). For example, the first level of precision may include display in a first unit of measurement (e.g., minutes) and the third level of precision may include display in a second unit of measurement that is more precise than the first unit of measurement (e.g., seconds, tenths of a second, hundredths of a second); or the first level of precision may include display of a certain number of significant digits (e.g., tenths of a unit) and the third level of precision may include display of a different number of significant digits that is more precise than the first level of precision (e.g., hundredths of a unit, thousandths of a unit). Maintaining the level of precision of the third user interface element while the level of precision of the second user interface element is being changed enables the computer system to display the appropriate level of precision for different user interface elements, thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first application is a turn-by-turn navigation application (e.g., an application that provides turn-by-turn navigation directions for a user (e.g., navigation directions that are periodically and/or automatically updated based on a current position and/or location of the computer system)) (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 AC- 6 AK ); and the determination that the one or more time-sensitive update criteria are satisfied comprises a determination that a next upcoming turn is less than a threshold distance (e.g., less than 1 mile away, less than 2 miles away) or a threshold time (e.g., less than 1 minute away, less than 2 minutes away) away from the computer system (e.g.,  FIGS.  6 AF,  6 AG,  6 AJ,  6 AK ). In some embodiments, the determination that one or more time-sensitive update criteria are not satisfied comprises a determination that the next upcoming turn is greater than a threshold distance (e.g., more than 1 mile away, more than 2 miles away) or a threshold time (e.g., greater than 1 minute away, greater than 2 minutes away) away from the computer system. Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency when a turn-by-turn navigation application detects greater than a threshold distance or threshold time remaining until a next upcoming turn reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. Updating the second user interface element at an increased update frequency when a turn-by-turn navigation application detects less than a threshold distance or threshold time remaining until a next upcoming turn provides more timely visual updates to the user when such timely feedback is needed (e.g., when a next turn is imminent), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  700  (e.g.,  FIGS.  7 A- 7 B ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, methods  900  and/or  1100  optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  700 . For example, in some embodiments, the first mode is the same throughout these methods and the second mode is the same throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  9 A- 9 B . 
     In particular,  FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD  illustrate techniques for managing display usage by altering one or more aspects (e.g., visual characteristics) of a displayed user interface upon determining that the device has met mode change criteria, such as the mode change criteria described in greater detail above. 
     In some embodiments disclosed below, in response to determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met, a device transitions from a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) into a low power display mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode), and replaces display of a higher power consumption user interface with a lower power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, the lower power consumption user interface varies based on whether a corresponding lower power consumption user interface is available for the higher power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, the lower power consumption user interface also varies based on whether the device (and/or an application) is authorized to display certain types of information while in the low power display mode. For example, if the device is displaying a higher power consumption user interface associated with (e.g., generated by) a first application when the one or more mode change criteria are met, and a corresponding lower power consumption user interface is not available, in some embodiments, the device displays a default lower power consumption user interface e.g., that is not generated by the application). In contrast, if a corresponding lower power consumption user interface is available, a determination is made as to whether the device and/or the first application are permitted to display the corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., based on one or more user settings set by a user) and, if so permitted, a further determination is made as to whether the device and/or the first application are permitted to display all of the information that is displayed in the higher power consumption user interface in the lower power consumption user interface, or only a subset of the information. The examples shown in  FIGS.  8 A- 8 AD  and described below provide further details on these features. 
     At  FIG.  8 A , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays wallet user interface  802 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. Wallet user interface  802 - 1  corresponds to (e.g., is generated by) a wallet application running on device  600 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  8 A , wallet user interface  802 - 1  includes a plurality of user interface elements, including current time indication  803 - 1 , string  804 A- 1 , balance indication  804 B- 1 , and button  804 C- 1 . Current time indication  803 - 1  displays a current time. Balance indication  804 B- 1  displays the amount of currency a user has in an account, and button  804 C- 1  is selectable by a user to initiate a process for adding currency to the account. 
     While displaying wallet user interface  802 - 1 , device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors; and/or no input of certain types for a threshold duration of time). In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of wallet user interface  802 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with a lower power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, the lower power consumption user interface varies based on various determinations.  FIGS.  8 B- 8 F  illustrate various example scenarios and different lower power consumption user interfaces in accordance with various embodiments. 
       FIG.  8 B  depicts an example scenario in which wallet user interface  802 - 1  has a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., wallet user interface  802 - 2 ) (e.g., a corresponding lower power consumption user interface that is specified by, provided by, and/or generated by the wallet application). Furthermore, in  FIG.  8 B , device  600  and the wallet application are authorized to display application information pertaining to the wallet application (e.g., one or more user interfaces generated by and/or provided by the wallet application) while in the low power display mode. In some embodiments, authorization to display application information pertaining to the wallet application is specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings). In  FIG.  8 B , device  600  and the wallet application are also authorized to display all of the information displayed in wallet user interface  802 - 1  while in the low power display mode. In various embodiments, authorization to display the various types of information displayed in the higher power consumption user interface can be specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings) and/or by the application (e.g., via code in the application permitting or prohibiting display of certain types of information while device  600  is in the low power display mode). In accordance with these determinations, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  displays wallet user interface  802 - 2  without any redactions, as depicted in  FIG.  8 B . In the depicted embodiment, wallet user interface  802 - 2  includes all of the information depicted in wallet user interface  802 - 1 . Wallet user interface  802 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than wallet user interface  802 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting wallet user interface  802 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of wallet user interface  802 - 1  on display  602  as depicted in  FIG.  8 A ). 
     Corresponding elements in wallet user interface  802 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in wallet user interface  802 - 1 . In  FIG.  8 B , current time indication  803 - 2 , string  804 A- 2 , balance indication  804 B- 2 , and button  804 C- 2  are displayed at lower brightness levels (e.g., in darker colors) than corresponding elements current time indication  803 - 1 , string  804 A- 1 , balance indication  804 B- 1 , and button  804 C- 1 , respectively. 
     In some embodiments, the change in brightness levels between corresponding elements (e.g., affordances and/or objects) in wallet user interfaces  802 - 1  and  802 - 2  are not uniform. In some embodiments, device  600  displays one or more elements in wallet user interface  802 - 2  at a reduced size compared to their corresponding elements in wallet user interface  802 - 1 . 
       FIGS.  8 C- 8 E  each depict an example scenario in which wallet user interface  802 - 1  has a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., wallet user interface  802 - 2 ), and device  600  and the wallet application are authorized to display application information pertaining to the wallet application (e.g., one or more user interfaces corresponding to and/or generated by the wallet application) while in the low power display mode. However, in  FIGS.  8 C- 8 E , device  600  (e.g., and/or the wallet application) is not authorized to display balance information while in the low power display mode. As discussed above, such a restriction can be applied, in various embodiments, by a user and/or by the application. In accordance with these determinations, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  displays wallet user interface  802 - 2  with redaction representation  804 B- 3  in place of balance indication  804 B- 2 , as depicted in  FIGS.  8 C- 8 E . Accordingly, in  FIGS.  8 C- 8 E , wallet user interface  802 - 2  does not include and/or display the balance information that was displayed in wallet user interface  802 - 1 . 
     In  FIG.  8 C , redaction representation  804 B- 3  depicts a character-by-character redaction of balance information. In  FIG.  8 D , redaction representation  804 B- 3  depicts a string-by-string redaction of balance information. In  FIG.  8 E , redaction representation  804 B- 3  redacts the entirety of a display region corresponding to (e.g., previously occupied by) balance indication  804 B- 1 . In some embodiments, information to be redacted is specified by the application (e.g., the wallet application). In some embodiments, information to be redacted is specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings). 
       FIG.  8 F  depicts an example scenario in which wallet user interface  802 - 1  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., the wallet application does not specify a corresponding lower power consumption user interface for wallet user interface  802 - 1 ). In  FIG.  8 F , in accordance with a determination that wallet user interface  802 - 1  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of wallet user interface  802 - 1  with user interface  806 . User interface  806  is displayed at a lower brightness level than wallet user interface  802 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting user interface  806  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of wallet user interface  802 - 1  on display  602  as depicted in  FIG.  8 A ). 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 F , user interface  806  includes a current time overlay  808 A overlaid on a background portion  808 B. In the depicted embodiment, the background portion  808 B is a blurred representation of wallet user interface  802 - 1 . As will be demonstrated in later figures, in some embodiments, user interface  806  represents a default low power consumption user interface to be used in scenarios in which a higher power consumption user interface does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, in such scenarios, device  600  overlays a current time indication on a blurred representation of the higher power consumption user interface. 
     In some embodiments, even if wallet user interface  802 - 1  does have (e.g., does provide and/or define) a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., wallet user interface  802 - 2 ), device  600  displays user interface  806  in accordance with a determination that device  600  (e.g., and/or the wallet application) is not authorized to display application information pertaining to the wallet application (e.g., one or more user interfaces provided by and/or generated by the wallet application) when in the low power display mode. In some embodiments, user interface  806  represents a default low power consumption user interface to be used in scenarios in which device  600  and/or an application are not authorized to display application information pertaining to the application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. In some embodiments, such restrictions can be specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings), 
       FIGS.  8 G- 8 J  depict various example scenarios pertaining to a messaging application, in accordance with various embodiments. At  FIG.  8 G , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays messaging user interface  810 - 1  on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. Messaging user interface  810 - 1  corresponds to (e.g., is generated by) a messaging application running on device  600 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  8 G , messaging user interface  810 - 1  includes a plurality of user interface elements, including current time indication  811 - 1 , message  812 - 1 , voice input option  814 A- 1 , touch input option  814 B- 1 , draw option  814 C- 1 , payment option  814 D- 1 , emoji option  814 E- 1 , and avatar option  814 F- 1 . 
     While displaying messaging user interface  810 - 1 , device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of messaging user interface  810 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with a lower power consumption user interface. As discussed above, in some embodiments, the lower power consumption user interface varies based on various determinations.  FIGS.  8 H- 8 J  illustrate various example scenarios, and different lower power consumption user interfaces in accordance with various embodiments. 
       FIG.  8 H  depicts an example scenario in which messaging user interface  810 - 1  has a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., messaging user interface  810 - 2 ) (e.g., a corresponding lower power consumption user interface that is specified by, provided by, and/or generated by the messaging application). Furthermore, in  FIG.  8 H , device  600  is authorized (e.g., and/or the messaging application is authorized) to display application information pertaining to the messaging application (e.g., one or more user interfaces provided by and/or generated by the messaging application) while in the low power display mode. In some embodiments, authorization to display application information pertaining to the messaging application is specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings). In  FIG.  8 H , device  600  is also authorized (e.g., and/or the messaging application is authorized) to display all of the information displayed in messaging user interface  810 - 1  while in the low power display mode. In accordance with these determinations, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  displays messaging user interface  810 - 2  without any redactions, as depicted in  FIG.  8 H . In the depicted embodiment, messaging user interface  810 - 2  includes all of the information depicted in messaging user interface  810 - 1 . Messaging user interface  810 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than messaging user interface  810 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting messaging user interface  810 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of messaging user interface  810 - 1  on display  602 ). 
     Corresponding elements in messaging user interface  810 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in messaging user interface  810 - 1 . In  FIG.  8 H , the user interface elements of messaging user interface  810 - 2  (e.g., current time indication  811 - 2 , message  812 - 2 , and options  814 A- 2 ,  814 B- 2 ,  814 C- 2 ,  814 D- 2 ,  814 E- 2 ,  814 F- 2 ) are displayed at lower brightness levels (e.g., in darker colors) than corresponding elements in messaging user interface  810 - 1  (e.g., current time indication  811 - 1 , message  812 - 1 , and options  814 A- 1 ,  814 B- 1 ,  814 C- 1 ,  814 D- 1 ,  814 E- 1 ,  814 F- 1 , respectively). 
     In some embodiments, the change in brightness levels between corresponding elements (e.g., affordances and/or objects) in messaging user interfaces  810 - 1  and  810 - 2  are not uniform. In some embodiments, device  600  displays one or more elements in messaging user interface  810 - 2  at a reduced size compared to their corresponding elements in messaging user interface  810 - 1 . 
       FIG.  8 I  depicts an example scenario in which messaging user interface  810 - 1  has a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., messaging user interface  810 - 2 ), and device  600  is authorized (e.g., and/or the messaging application is authorized) to display application information pertaining to the messaging application while in the low power mode. However, in  FIG.  8 I , device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the messaging application is not authorized) to display message content while in the low power display mode (e.g., the actual content of messages shared between users using the messaging application). As discussed above, such a restriction can be applied, in various embodiments, by a user and/or by the application. In accordance with these determinations, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  displays wallet user interface  810 - 2  with redaction representation  812 - 3  in place of message  812 - 2 . In  FIG.  8 I , redaction representation  812 - 3  redacts an entire display region corresponding to (e.g., previously occupied by) message  812 - 1 . While  FIG.  8 I  depicts redaction of the entire display region, in various embodiments, redaction representation  812 - 2  redacts message  812 - 1  on a character-by-character basis and/or on a string-by-string basis. 
       FIG.  8 J  depicts an example scenario in which messaging user interface  810 - 1  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., the messaging application does not specify and/or provide a corresponding lower power consumption user interface for messaging user interface  810 - 1 ). In  FIG.  8 J , in accordance with a determination that messaging user interface  810 - 1  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of messaging user interface  810 - 1  with user interface  816 . User interface  816  is displayed at a lower brightness level than messaging user interface  810 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting user interface  816  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of messaging user interface  810 - 1  on display  602 ). 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 J , user interface  816  includes a current time overlay  818 A overlaid on a background portion  818 B. In the depicted embodiment, the background portion  818 B is a blurred representation of messaging user interface  810 - 1 . As discussed above, in some embodiments, user interface  816  represents a default low power consumption user interface to be used in scenarios in which a higher power consumption user interface does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, in such scenarios, device  600  overlays a current time indication on a blurred representation of the higher power consumption user interface. 
     In some embodiments, even if messaging user interface  810 - 1  does have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., messaging user interface  810 - 2 ), device  600  displays user interface  816  in accordance with a determination that device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the messaging application is not authorized) to display application information pertaining to the messaging application. In some embodiments, such restrictions can be specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings). 
       FIGS.  8 K- 8 M  depict various example scenarios pertaining to a fitness application, in accordance with various embodiments. At  FIG.  8 K , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays fitness user interface  820 - 1  on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. Fitness user interface  820 - 1  corresponds to (e.g., is generated by) a fitness application running on device  600 . As illustrated in  FIG.  8 K , fitness user interface  820 - 1  includes a plurality of user interface elements, including current time indication  821 - 1 , fitness notification  822 - 1 , and workout icon  824 - 1 . 
     While displaying fitness user interface  820 - 1 , device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of fitness user interface  820 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with a lower power consumption user interface. As introduced above, in some embodiments, the lower power consumption user interface varies based on various determinations.  FIGS.  8 L and  8 M  illustrate various example scenarios, and different lower power consumption user interfaces in accordance with various embodiments. 
       FIG.  8 L  depicts an example scenario in which fitness user interface  820 - 1  has a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., fitness user interface  810 - 2 ) (e.g., the fitness application specifies and/or provides a corresponding lower power consumption user interface). Furthermore, in FIG. SL, device  600  is authorized (e.g., and/or the fitness application is authorized) to display application information pertaining to the fitness application (e.g., one or more user interfaces generated by and/or provided by the fitness application) while in the low power display mode. However, in  FIG.  8 L , device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the fitness application is not authorized) to display notifications associated with (e.g., generated by) the fitness application while in the low power display mode. In accordance with these determinations, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  displays fitness user interface  520 - 2  with redacted notification representation  822 - 2 . As such, when device  600  is in the low power display mode, notifications associated with the fitness application are not displayed in fitness user interface  820 - 2 . In  FIG.  8 L , the notification that was previously displayed in notification  822 - 1  is redacted on a string-by-string basis in redacted notification representation  822 - 2 . However, in various embodiments, redacted notification representation  822 - 2  redacts the fitness notification information on a character-by-character basis and/or by redacting the entire display region corresponding to (e.g., previously occupied by) fitness notification  822 - 1 . Fitness user interface  820 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than fitness user interface  820 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting fitness user interface  820 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of fitness user interface  820 - 1  on display  602 ). 
       FIG.  8 M  depicts an example scenario in which fitness user interface  820 - 1  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., the fitness application does not specify and/or provide a corresponding lower power consumption user interface for fitness user interface  820 - 1 ). In  FIG.  8 M , in accordance with a determination that fitness user interface  520 - 1  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of fitness user interface  820 - 1  with user interface  826 . User interface  826  is displayed at a lower brightness level than fitness user interface  820 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting user interface  826  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of fitness user interface  820 - 1  on display  602 ). 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 M , user interface  826  includes a current time overlay  828 A overlaid on a background portion  828 B. In the depicted embodiment, the background portion  828 B is a blurred representation of fitness user interface  820 - 1 . As discussed above, in some embodiments, user interface  826  represents a default low power consumption user interface to be used in scenarios in which a higher power consumption user interface does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, in such scenarios, device  600  overlays a current time indication on a blurred representation of the higher power consumption user interface. 
     In some embodiments, even if fitness user interface  820 - 1  does have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., fitness user interface  820 - 2 ), device  600  displays user interface  826  in accordance with a determination that device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the fitness application is not authorized) to display application information pertaining to the fitness application. In some embodiments, such restrictions can be specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings). 
       FIGS.  8 N- 8 O  depict an example scenario pertaining to a notification center, in accordance with various embodiments. At  FIG.  8 N , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays notification center user interface  830  on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. In some embodiments, notification center user interface  830  corresponds to (e.g., is generated by) an operating system running on device  600 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  8 N , notification center user interface  830  displays a plurality of notifications corresponding to (e.g., pertaining to) a plurality of applications, including notification  832 A corresponding to a fitness application, and notification  832 B corresponding to a wallet application. 
     While displaying notification center user interface  830 , device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of notification center user interface  830  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with a lower power consumption user interface. 
       FIG.  8 O  depicts an example scenario in which notification center user interface  830  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface (e.g., the operating system does not specify a corresponding lower power consumption user interface for notification center user interface  830 ). In  FIG.  8 O , in accordance with a determination that notification center user interface  830  does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface, and in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of notification center user interface  830  with user interface  834 . User interface  832  is displayed at a lower brightness level than notification center user interface  830  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting user interface  834  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of notification center user interface  830  on display  602 ). 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 O , user interface  834  includes a current time overlay  836 A overlaid on a background portion  836 B. In the depicted embodiment, the background portion  836 B is a blurred representation of notification center user interface  830 . As discussed above, in some embodiments, user interface  834  represents a default low power consumption user interface to be used in scenarios in which a higher power consumption user interface does not have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface. In some embodiments, in such scenarios, device  600  overlays a current time indication on a blurred representation of the higher power consumption user interface. 
     In some embodiments, even if notification center user interface  830  does have a corresponding lower power consumption user interface, device  600  displays user interface  834  in accordance with a determination that device  600  is not authorized to display application information pertaining to the notification center. In some embodiments, such restrictions can be specified by a user (e.g., via one or more user settings). 
     In some embodiments, device  600  provides users with one or more user settings that can be manipulated by a user to define whether notification information for certain applications can be displayed while device  600  is in the lower power display mode (see, e.g.,  FIGS.  8 X,  8 AA,  8 AC, and  8 AD , discussed below). 
     Even if device  600  is authorized to display application information and/or notification information for one or more applications in the low power display mode, in some embodiments, device  600  is not authorized to display notification information in notification center user interface  830  while operating in the low power display mode. For example, in the example scenario depicted in  FIG.  8 N , notification center user interface  830  displays notification  832 A corresponding to a fitness application, and notification  832 B corresponding to a wallet application. In some embodiments, a user can enable display of notifications pertaining to the fitness application and/or the wallet application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. In such scenarios, if display  600  is displaying a notification pertaining to the fitness application (e.g.,  FIG.  8 K ) when transitioning to the low power display mode, display  600  will display a low power representation of the fitness application notification. However, if display  600  is displaying notification center user interface  830  (including notification  832 A pertaining to the fitness application) when transitioning to the low power display mode, device  600  will display user interface  834 , and will not display notification information pertaining to notification  832 A in the low power display mode. 
       FIGS.  8 P and  8 Q  depict an example scenario pertaining to protection of sensitive information when transitioning to a low power display mode, in accordance with various embodiments. At  FIG.  8 P , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays clock face user interface  838 - 1  on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. As illustrated in  FIG.  8 P , clock face user interface  838 - 1  includes a plurality of user interface elements, including analog time indication  839 - 1  (e.g., a representation of analog clock hands displaying current hour, minute, and second values) and multiple affordances (e.g., clock face complications). In some embodiments, each clock face complication is associated with an application on device  600  (e.g., the affordance launches an associated application upon selection and/or the affordance displays information from the associated application). In  FIG.  8 P , the affordances include battery level complication  840 - 1 , temperature complication  842 - 1 , compass complication  844 - 1 , physical activity complication  846 - 1 , calendar complication  848 - 1 , weather complication  850 - 1 , wallet complication  852 - 1 , and world clock complication  854 - 1 . 
     At  FIG.  8 Q , while displaying clock face user interface  838 - 1 , device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  replaces display of clock face user interface  838 - 1  with clock face user interface  838 - 2 . Clock face user interface  838 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than clock face user interface  838 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting clock face user interface  838 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of clock face user interface  838 - 1  on display  602 ). 
     Corresponding elements in clock face user interface  838 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in clock face user interface  838 - 1 . In  FIG.  8 Q , the user interface elements of clock face user interface  838 - 2  (e.g., analog time indication  839 - 2 , battery level complication  840 - 2 , temperature complication  842 - 2 , compass complication  844 - 2 , physical activity complication  846 - 2 , calendar complication  848 - 2 , weather complication  850 - 2 , wallet complication  852 - 2 , and world clock complication  854 - 2 ) are displayed at lower brightness levels (e.g., in darker colors) than corresponding elements in clock face user interface  838 - 1  (e.g., analog time indication  839 - 1 , battery level complication  840 - 1 , temperature complication  842 - 1 , compass complication  844 - 1 , physical activity complication  846 - 1 , calendar complication  848 - 1 , weather complication  850 - 1 , wallet complication  852 - 1 , and world clock complication  854 - 1 ). In some embodiments, the change in brightness levels between corresponding elements (e.g., affordances and/or objects) in clock face user interfaces  838 - 1  and  838 - 2  are not uniform. In some embodiments, device  600  displays one or more elements in clock face user interface  838 - 2  at a reduced size compared to their corresponding elements in clock face user interface  838 - 1 . 
     In addition to being displayed at a lower brightness level, clock face user interface  838 - 2  includes less content than clock face user interface  838 - 1 . For example, in  FIG.  8 P , calendar complication  848 - 1  displays a next upcoming calendar appointment (e.g., “8:00 AM YOGA*GYM”), physical activity complication  846 - 1  displays personal physical activity information (e.g., “500*30*12” indicating that the user has burned 500 calories today, exercised for 30 minutes today, and stood for a threshold portion of 12 hours today), and wallet complication  852 - 1  displays personal financial information (e.g., a balance if “$68.88”). In  FIG.  8 Q , device  600  is not permitted (e.g., and/or the various applications that generate the clock face complications are not permitted) to display certain types of information (e.g., sensitive information and/or personal information) while in the low power display mode, such as personal financial information, personal schedule information, and/or personal health information. Such restrictions, in various embodiments, are imposed and/or specified by applications (e.g., a physical activity application, a wallet application, and/or a calendar application) and/or by users (e.g., via one or more user settings). In accordance with these restrictions and determinations, in  FIG.  8 P , corresponding calendar complication  848 - 2  does not display the next upcoming calendar appointment, physical activity complication  846 - 2  does not display the personal physical activity information, and wallet complication  852 - 2  does not display personal financial information. Although device  600  is not authorized to display certain types of information while in the low power display mode, device  600  is authorized to display other types of information, such as publicly available information or other non-sensitive information. Accordingly, battery complication  840 - 2  continues to display battery level information, compass complication  844 - 2  continues to display bearing information, world clock complication  854 - 2  continues to display world time information, and temperature complication  842 - 2  continues to display temperature information. 
       FIGS.  8 R- 8 V  depict various example scenarios pertaining to a virtual assistant application, in accordance with various embodiments. At  FIG.  8 R , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays virtual assistant user interface  856  at a standard brightness level. Virtual assistant user interface  856  corresponds to (e.g., is generated by) a virtual assistant application running on device  600 . Virtual assistant user interface  856  includes audio input indication  857  that is displayed to indicate that the virtual assistant application is prepared to receive audio input (e.g., via one or more microphones on device  600 ). 
     In some embodiments, device  600  maintains display of virtual assistant user interface  856  until device  600  determines that a voice input from a user is completed (e.g., a threshold amount of time has passed without audio input) and/or until a user provides a user input (e.g., a gesture) corresponding to a request to cease display of virtual assistant user interface  856 . In some embodiments, while virtual assistant user interface  856  is displayed, device  600  is prevented from transitioning from the standard display mode to the low power display mode. For example, in some embodiments, the one or more mode change criteria includes a criterion that is met when virtual assistant user interface  856  is not displayed and/or when the virtual assistant application is not actively receiving an audio input. 
     At  FIG.  8 S , device  600  has received an audio input of “What is the definition of happy?” In response to detecting and/or receiving the audio input, device  600  displays user interface  858 - 1  that displays result  860 - 1  in response to the received audio input. In  FIG.  8 S , device  600  is authorized (and/or the virtual to display information presented in result  860 - 1  when in the low power display mode. 
     At  FIG.  8 T , while in the standard display mode and displaying user interface  858 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface), device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode into a low power display mode. Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria are met, and in accordance with a determination that device  600  is permitted (e.g., and/or the virtual assistant application is permitted) to display application information pertaining to the virtual assistant application, and in accordance with a determination that device  600  is permitted (e.g., and/or the virtual assistant application is permitted) to display result information corresponding to result  860 - 1  (e.g., result  860 - 1  does not contain sensitive, personal, and/or otherwise prohibited information), device  600  replaces display of user interface  858 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with user interface  858 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface), wherein user interface  858 - 2  includes result  860 - 2  with result information corresponding to result  860 - 1 . 
       FIG.  8 U  depicts an alternative scenario in which device  600 , while displaying virtual assistant user interface  856 , has received an audio input of “What is my next appointment?” In response to detecting and/or receiving the audio input, device  600  displays user interface  862 - 1  that displays result  864 - 1  in response to the received audio input. In  FIG.  8 U , response  864 - 1  includes personal calendar information, and device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the virtual assistance application is not authorized) to display the information presented in response  864 - 1  when in the low power display mode. 
     At  FIG.  8 V , while in the standard display mode and displaying user interface  862 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface), device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode into a low power display mode. Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria are met, and in accordance with a determination that device  600  is permitted (e.g., and/or the virtual assistant application is permitted) to display application information pertaining to the virtual assistant application, but also in accordance with a determination that device  600  is not permitted (e.g., and/or the virtual assistant application is not permitted) to display result information corresponding to result  864 - 1  (e.g., result  864 - 1  contains sensitive, personal, and/or otherwise prohibited information), device  600  replaces display of user interface  862 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) with user interface  862 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface), wherein user interface  862 - 2  includes redacted representation  864 - 2 , and does not display result information pertaining to result  864 - 1 . 
       FIGS.  8 W- 8 AD  depict various user setting user interfaces that, in various embodiments, are presented by device  600  and can be utilized by a user to enable and/or disable presentation of certain user interfaces and/or certain types of information when device  600  is in the low power display mode. 
     At  FIG.  8 W , device  600  displays user interface  866 . User interface  866  includes option  867  that is selectable to return to a previous user interface. User interface  866  also includes brightness indication  868 A that indicates a current brightness level setting for device  600  and display  602 . User interface  866  also includes selectable options  868 B- 868 G. Option  868 B is selectable to initiate a process for adjusting a text display size for device  600 . Option  868 C is selectable to enable or disable bolded text on device  600 . Option  868 D is selectable to access “always on” user interface  872  (shown in  FIG.  8 X ). Option  868 E is selectable to enable or disable transitioning of device  600  from the low power display mode to the standard display mode in response to detection of a wrist raise gesture. Option  868 F is selectable to enable or disable transitioning of device  600  from the low power display mode to the standard display mode in response to a rotational input via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 , Option  868 E is selectable to access “wake duration” user interface  878  (shown in  FIG.  8 Y ). 
       FIG.  8 W  shows two different user inputs (e.g., tap inputs and/or non-tap inputs)  870 A,  870 B. In  FIG.  8 W , while displaying user interface  866 , device  600  detects input  870 B at a location corresponding to option  868 G. In  FIG.  8 Y , in response to detecting input  870 B, device  600  displays user interface  878 . User interface  878  includes option  879  that is selectable to return to user interface  866 . User interface  878  also includes options  880 A and  880 B that are selectable to define a threshold duration of time that device  600  will remain in the standard display mode without receiving certain types of inputs before transitioning to the low power display mode. Selection of option  880 A sets the threshold duration of time to 15 seconds, and selection of option  880 B sets the threshold duration of time to 70 seconds. 
     Returning to  FIG.  8 W , while displaying user interface  866 , device  600  detects input  870 A at a location corresponding to option  868 D. In  FIG.  8 X , in response to detecting input  870 A, device  600  displays user interface  872 . User interface  872  includes option  873  that is selectable to return to user interface  866 . User interface  872  also includes option  874 A that is selectable to enable and/or disable an “always on display” setting. If the “always on display” setting is enabled, device  600  transitions between a standard display mode and a low power display mode when mode change criteria are met (e.g., when mode change criteria are met, device  600  displays a low power consumption user interface). However, if the “always on display” setting is disabled, when the one or more mode change criteria (e.g., and/or different criteria) are net, rather than transitioning from the standard display mode to the low power display mode (e.g., rather than displaying a low power consumption user interface), device  600  turns off display  602  and/or does not display any content on display  602 . 
     User interface  872  also includes options  875 A,  875 B, and  875 C. Option  875 A is selectable to enable or disable displaying complication data when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  875 A is disabled, device  600  is not authorized to display any complication data for any application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  875 A is enabled, device  600  is authorized to display complication data for applications that are individually authorized (e.g., via options  887 A- 887 G in  FIG.  8 Z ) to display complication data when device  600  is in the low power display mode. Option  875 B is selectable to enable or disable display of notifications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  875 B is disabled, device  600  is not authorized to display notifications for any application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  875 B is enabled, device  600  is authorized to display notifications for applications that are individually authorized (e.g., options  891 A- 891 G in  FIG.  8 AA ) to display notifications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. Option  875 C is selectable to enable or disable displaying application information (e.g., data generated by an application, and/or one or more user interfaces generated by an application) when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  875 C is disabled, device  600  is not authorized to display application information (e.g., application information for any applications (e.g., any user interfaces provided by and/or generated by any applications)) when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  875 C is enabled, device  600  is authorized to display application information corresponding to applications that are individually authorized (e.g., via options  895 A- 895 G in  FIG.  8 AB ) when device  600  is in the low power display mode. User interface  872  also includes options  874 B,  874 C, and  874 D that are selectable to access different user interfaces and different user settings, as will be described in greater detail below. 
       FIG.  8 X  shows three different user inputs (e.g., tap inputs and/or non-tap inputs)  876 A,  876 B,  876 C. In  FIG.  8 X , while displaying user interface  872 , device  600  detects input  876 A (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input) at a location corresponding to option  874 B. At  FIG.  8 Z , in response to detecting input  876 A, device  600  displays user interface  884 . User interface  884  includes option  885  that is selectable to return to user interface  872 . User interface  884  also includes option  886  that is selectable to enable or disable displaying complication data when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  886  is disabled, device  600  is not authorized to display any complication data for any application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  886  is enabled, device  600  is authorized to display complication data for applications that are individually authorized (e.g., via options  887 A- 887 G) to display complication data when device  600  is in the low power display mode, User interface  884  also includes options  887 A- 887 G that are selectable to selectively enable or disable display of complication data for individual applications when device  600  is in the low power display mode, Each option  887 A- 887 G corresponds to a respective application. For example, option  887 A corresponds to a physical activity application, option  887 B corresponds to an alarms application, option  887 C corresponds to an app store application, and so forth. Device  600  is authorized (e.g., and/or the physical activity application is authorized) to display complication data for the physical activity application when device  600  is in the low power display mode if both option  886  and option  887 A are enabled. If option  886  is disabled, no applications are authorized to display complication data when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  886  is enabled, but option  887 A is disabled, device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the physical activity application is not authorized) to display complication data for the physical activity application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. In  FIG.  8 Z , options  887 A,  887 B,  887 D,  887 E,  887 F, and  887 G are in the enabled state, while option  887 C is in the disabled state. 
     Returning to  FIG.  8 X , while displaying user interface  872 , device  600  detects input  876 B (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input) at a location corresponding to option  8740 . At  FIG.  8 AA , in response to detecting input  876 B, device  600  displays user interface  888 . User interface  888  includes option  889  that is selectable to return to user interface  872 . User interface  888  also includes option  890  that is selectable to enable or disable display of notifications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  890  is disabled, device  600  is not authorized to display notifications for any application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  890  is enabled, device  600  is authorized to display notifications for applications that are individually authorized (e.g., via options  891 A- 891 G) to display notifications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. User interface  888  also includes options  891 A- 891 G that are selectable to selectively enable or disable display of notifications for individual applications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. Each option  891 A- 891 G corresponds to a respective application. For example, option  891 A corresponds to a physical activity application, option  891 B corresponds to an alarms application, option  891 C corresponds to an app store application, and so forth. Device  600  is authorized (e.g., and/or the physical activity application is authorized) to display notifications for the physical activity application when device  600  is in the low power display mode if both option  890  and option  891 A are enabled. If option  890  is disabled, no applications are authorized to display notifications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  890  is enabled, but option  891 A is disabled, device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the physical activity application is not authorized) to display notifications for the physical activity application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. In  FIG.  8 AA , options  891 A,  891 B,  891 D,  891 E,  891 F, and  891 G are in the enabled state, while option  891 C is in the disabled state. 
     Returning to  FIG.  8 X , while displaying user interface  872 , device  600  detects input  876 C (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input) at a location corresponding to option  874 D. At  FIG.  8 AB , in response to detecting input  876 C, device  600  displays user interface  892 . User interface  892  includes option  893  that is selectable to return to user interface  872 . User interface  892  also includes option  894  that is selectable to enable or disable displaying application information (e.g., data generated by an application, and/or one or more user interfaces generated by an application) when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  894  is disabled, device  600  is not authorized to display application information (e.g., application information for any applications (e.g., any user interfaces provided by and/or generated by any applications)) when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  894  is enabled, device  600  is authorized to display application information corresponding to applications that are individually authorized (e.g., via options  895 A- 895 G) when device  600  is in the low power display mode. User interface  892  also includes options  895 A- 895 G that are selectable to selectively enable or disable displaying application information for individual applications when device  600  is in the low power display mode. Each option  895 A- 895 G corresponds to a respective application. For example, option  895 A corresponds to a physical activity application, option  895 B corresponds to an alarms applications, option  895 C corresponds to an app store application, and so forth. Device  600  is authorized to display (e.g., and/or the physical activity application is authorized to display) application information corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the physical activity application when device  600  is in the low power display mode if both option  894  and option  895 A are enabled. If option  894  is disabled, no applications are authorized to display application information when device  600  is in the low power display mode. If option  894  is enabled, but option  895 A is disabled, device  600  is not authorized (e.g., and/or the physical activity application is not authorized) to display application information corresponding to the physical activity application when device  600  is in the low power display mode. In  FIG.  8 AB , options  895 B,  895 C,  895 D,  895 E,  895 F, and  895 G are in the enabled state, while option  895 A is in the disabled state. 
     In  FIG.  8 AC , device  600  displays settings user interface  896  corresponding to a physical activity application. User interface  896  allows a user to control what types of information corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the physical activity application can be displayed by device  600  while device  600  is in the low power display mode. User interface  896  includes option  897 A that is selectable by a user to return to a previous user interface. User interface  896  also includes options  897 B,  897 C, and  897 D. Option  897 B is selectable by a user to enable or disable displaying complication data corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the physical activity application while device  600  is in the low power display mode. Option  897 C is selectable by a user to enable or disable displaying notifications (e.g., notification information) corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the physical activity application while device  600  is in the low power display mode. Option  897 D is selectable by a user to enable or disable displaying application information (e.g., one or more application user interfaces) corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the physical activity application while device  600  is in the low power display mode. In  FIG.  8 AC , options  897 B and  897 C are in an enabled state, while option  897 D is in a disabled state. 
     In  FIG.  8 AD , device  600  displays settings user interface  898  corresponding to an alarms application. User interface  898  allows a user to control what types of information corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the alarms application can be displayed by device  600  while device  600  is in the low power display mode. User interface  898  includes option  899 A that is selectable by a user to return to a previous user interface. User interface  898  also includes options  899 B,  899 C, and  899 D. Option  899 B is selectable by a user to enable or disable displaying complication data corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the alarms application while device  600  is in the low power display mode. Option  899 C is selectable by a user to enable or disable displaying notifications (e.g., notification information) corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the alarms application while device  600  is in the low power display mode. Option  899 D is selectable by a user to enable or disable displaying application information (e.g., one or more application user interfaces) corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the alarms application while device  600  is in the low power display mode. In  FIG.  8 AD , options  899 B,  899 C, and  899 B are all in the enabled state. 
       FIGS.  9 A- 9 B  are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method  900  is performed at a device (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ) with a display. Some operations in method  900  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  900  provides an intuitive way for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)), while the computer system is in a first mode ( 902 ) (e.g., a higher power consumption mode (e.g., a mode that corresponds to higher power consumption than a lower power consumption mode) (e.g., a mode that corresponds to a brighter display, increased performance, and/or more frequent display updates)), displays ( 904 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g.,  802 - 1 ,  810 - 1 ,  820 - 1 ,  830 ,  838 - 1 ,  858 - 1 ,  862 - 1 ) that is associated with (e.g., generated by) a first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a first user interface element depicting a first set of information (e.g., a number, a set of characters, and/or a string) (e.g.,  804 B- 1 ,  812 - 1 ,  822 - 1 ,  832 A,  832 B,  840 - 1 ,  842 - 1 ,  844 - 1 ,  846 - 1 ,  848 - 1 ,  850 - 1 ,  852 - 1 ,  852 - 1 ,  854 - 1 ,  860 - 1 ,  864 - 1 ). 
     While displaying the first user interface ( 906 ), the computer system detects ( 908 ) that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode (e.g., lower power consumption in the second mode than in the first mode)) (e.g., reaching a duration of time since a last input, a wrist down gesture, and/or a hand cover gesture). In response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode ( 910 ), and in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode ( 912 ), the computer system displays ( 914 ) a second user interface (e.g.,  802 - 2  in  FIG.  8 B,  810 - 2    in  FIG.  8 H,  858 - 2    in  FIG.  8 T ) associated with (e.g., generated by) the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface (in some embodiments, the second user interface is a low power version of the first user interface) (in some embodiments, the second user interface differs from the first user interface in one or more visual characteristics (e.g., size of elements, color, hue, saturation, opacity, shape)), the second user interface is darker than the first user interface, and the second user interface includes a second user interface element depicting the first set of information (e.g.,  804 B- 2 ,  812 - 2 ,  860 - 2 ). In some embodiments, the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element. In some embodiments, the second user interface element is a low power version of the first user interface element. In some embodiments, the second user interface element differs from the first user interface element in one or more visual characteristics (size, color, hue, saturation, opacity, and/or shape). 
     In response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode ( 910 ), and in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode ( 916 ), the computer system displays ( 918 ) a third user interface (e.g.,  802 - 2  in  FIGS.  8 C- 8 E,  806 ,  810 - 2    in  FIG.  8 I,  816 ,  820 - 2    in  FIG.  8 L,  826 ,  834 ,  862 - 2   ) different from the first user interface and the second user interface, wherein: the third user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the first user interface, and the third user interface does not include (e.g., obscures, omits, and/or hides)(e.g., does not display) the first set of information. In some embodiments, the third user interface is darker than the first user interface. In some embodiments, the third user interface corresponds to the first user interface (e.g., includes a blurred and/or dimmed version of at least a portion of the first user interface). In some embodiments, the third user interface is associated with (e.g., generated by) the first application and/or corresponds to the second user interface (e.g., is a redacted version of the second user interface) (e.g., includes a subset of information displayed in the second user interface). In some embodiments, the third user interface is not associated with (e.g., is not generated by) the first application. In some embodiments, the third user interface does not include any information that is displayed in the first user interface and/or the second user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the first application is not associated with (e.g., does not have, does not specify, is not configured to generate) a corresponding low power state user interface. In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the first application is associated with (e.g., has, specifies, is configured to generate) a corresponding low power state user interface. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface associated with the first application includes replacing display of the first user interface with the second user interface. In some embodiments, displaying the third user interface includes replacing display of the first user interface with the third user interface. In some embodiments, the method further comprises: after displaying the third user interface (e.g., in accordance with the determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system in the second mode), detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode (e.g., a wrist up gesture, a tap input, a button input, and/or a rotatable and/or depressible input mechanism input); and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, displaying the first user interface (e.g., replacing display of the third user interface with the first user interface), wherein the first user interface includes the first user interface element depicting the first set of information. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: after displaying the second user interface in accordance with the determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode), detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode (e.g., a wrist up gesture, a tap input, a swipe input, a button input, and/or a rotatable and/or depressible input mechanism input); and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, displaying the first user interface (e.g., replacing display of the second user interface with the first user interface), wherein the first user interface includes the first user interface element depicting the first set of information. 
     Displaying a third user interface that does not include the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Displaying a third user interface that does not include the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Displaying a second user interface and/or a third user interface in response to a determination that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode provides the user with visual feedback about the state of the device (e.g., that the device is operating in a second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode)). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the third user interface includes displaying ( 920 ), at a location in the third user interface that corresponds to a location of the first set of information in the first user interface, a user interface element (e.g.,  804 B- 3 ,  812 - 3 ,  822 - 2 ,  864 - 2 ) that does not convey the substance of the first set of information (e.g., a redaction element or an obscured (e.g., redacted) representation of the first set of information). In some embodiments, the user interface element that is displayed at the location that corresponds to the first set of information in the first user interface is displayed along with user interface elements that convey the substance of second information that was displayed in the first user interface (e.g., displaying the redaction element or the obscured representation of the first set of information while concurrently displaying a non-obscured representation of the second set of information) (e.g., one or more blocks of color (e.g., one or more solid blocks of color), and/or a blurred representation) (e.g., a representation of the first set of information that prevents a user (e.g., makes it impossible for a user) from seeing the first set of information) (e.g., a representation of the first set of information that represents the first set of information, but does not display the first set of information (e.g., a solid block of color that represents the first set of information)). 
     In some embodiments, if the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, the second user interface displays the first set of information at a first position (e.g., within a first region) of the display generation component. If the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, the third user interface displays an obscured representation of the first set of information at the first position (e.g., within the first region) of the display generation component. 
     Obscuring the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Obscuring the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface (e.g.,  802 - 1 ,  810 - 1 ,  820 - 1 ,  838 - 1 ) includes a third user interface element (e.g.,  804 A- 1 ,  804 C- 1 ,  814 A- 1 ,  814 B- 1 ,  814 C- 1 ,  814 D- 1 ,  814 E- 1 ,  814 F- 1 ,  824 - 1 ,  840 - 1 ,  854 - 1 ) depicting a second set of information, and displaying the third user interface comprises: in accordance with a determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode and that the first application is authorized to display the second set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, the third user interface does not include (e.g., does not display) the first set of information and the third user interface includes a fourth user interface element (e.g.,  804 A- 2 ,  804 C- 2 ,  814 A- 2 ,  814 B- 2 ,  814 C- 2 ,  814 D- 2 ,  814 E- 2 ,  814 F- 2 ,  824 - 2 ,  840 - 2 ,  854 - 2 ) depicting (e.g., displaying) the second set of information. In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface associated with the first application further comprises: in accordance with a determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode and is not authorized to display the second set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, the second user interface includes the second user interface element depicting the first set of information and does not include (e.g., does not display) the second set of information. 
     Displaying a third user interface that does not include the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Displaying a third user interface that does not include the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of information (e.g.,  804 B- 1 ) comprises a plurality of characters including a first character and a second character; and the user interface element (e.g.,  804 B- 3 ) that does not convey the substance of the first set of information comprises an obscured representation of the first set of information, including: an Obscured representation of the first character, and an obscured representation of the second character (e.g.,  804 B- 3  in  FIG.  8 C ) (e.g., distinct from and/or separate from the obscured representation of the first character). In some embodiments, the number of characters in the first set of information can be determined while the first set of information is obscured in the third user interface, so that a number and location of characters are visible in the obscured representation of the first information is visible without the content of the characters being visible. Obscuring each character of the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Obscuring each character of the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of information (e.g.,  804 B- 1 ,  8221 ) comprises a plurality of strings including a first string and a second string; and the user interface element (e.g.,  804 B- 3 ,  822 - 2 ) that does not convey the first set of information comprises an obscured representation of the first set of information, including: an obscured representation of the first string, and an obscured representation of the second string (e.g.,  804 B- 3  in  FIG.  8 D,  822 - 2   ) (e.g., distinct from and/or separate from the obscured representation of the first string). In some embodiments, the number of strings in the first set of information can be determined while the first set of information is obscured in the third user interface, so that a number and location of strings are visible in the obscured representation of the first set of information is visible without the content of the strings being visible. Obscuring each string of the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Obscuring each string of the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode and the first user interface (e.g.,  802 - 1 ,  862 - 1 ) is displayed, the first set of information occupies a first region of the display generation component that includes one or more other graphical elements other than the first set of information, and displaying the third user interface comprises displaying an obscured representation (e.g.,  804 B- 3  in  FIG.  8 E,  864 - 2   ) of the first set of information and the one or more other graphical elements at the first region of the display generation component ( 922 ) (e.g., the obscured representation of the first set of information occupies at least a portion of the first region of the display generation component). Obscuring the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Obscuring the first set of information when it is determined that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface (e.g.,  802 - 1 ,  810 - 1 ,  820 - 1 ,  830 ,  838 - 1 ,  858 - 1 ,  862 - 1 ) that is associated with a second application different from the first application and that includes a plurality of user interface elements including a fifth user interface element (e.g.,  804 B- 1 ,  812 - 1 ,  822 - 1 ,  832 A,  832 B,  840 - 1 ,  842 - 1 ,  844 - 1 ,  846 - 1 ,  848 - 1 ,  850 - 1 ,  852 - 1 ,  852 - 1 ,  854 - 1 ,  860 - 1 ,  864 - 1 ) depicting a third set of information. While displaying the fourth user interface, the computer system detects that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode. In response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, and in accordance with a determination that the second application is authorized to display the third set of information, the computer system displays a fifth user interface (e.g.,  802 - 2  in  FIG.  8 B,  810 - 2    in  FIG.  8 H,  858 - 2    in  FIG.  8 T ) associated with the second application, wherein: the fifth user interface corresponds to the fourth user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the fourth user interface, the fifth user interface is darker than the fourth user interface, and the fifth user interface includes a sixth user interface element (e.g.,  804 B- 2 ,  812 - 2 ,  860 - 2 ) depicting the third set of information. In response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, and in accordance with a determination that the second application is not authorized to display the third set of information while the computer system is in the second mode, the computer system displays a sixth user interface (e.g.,  802 - 2  in  FIGS.  8 C- 8 E,  806 ,  810 - 2    in  FIG.  8 I,  816 ,  820 - 2    in  FIG.  8 L,  826 ,  834 ,  862 - 2   ), wherein: the sixth user interface is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of the display region that was occupied by the fourth user interface, and the sixth user interface does not include the third set of information. 
     In some embodiments, the third user interface and the sixth user interface are substantially similar. In some embodiments, for a plurality of applications that are not associated with (e.g., do not have, do not specify, and/or are not configured to generate) a corresponding low power state user interface, when the device transitions from the first mode to the second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode), the device displays a substantially similar low power state user interface. For example, in some embodiments, the low power state user interface includes a blurred representation of a previously displayed user interface in a background portion overlaid by a time indicator. For example, in some embodiments, the third user interface includes a blurred representation of the first user interface overlaid by a time indicator, and the sixth user interface includes a blurred representation of the fourth user interface overlaid by the time indicator. 
     Providing a third user interface that omits and/or obscures sensitive information for a plurality of applications enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Providing a third user interface that omits and/or obscures sensitive information for a plurality of applications also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, the third user interface includes an obscured version of content from the first user interface that is obscured in a respective manner (e.g., blurred representation  808 B) and the sixth user interface includes an Obscured version of content from the fourth user interface that is obscured in the respective manner (e.g., blurred representations  818 B,  828 B,  836 B). 
     In some embodiments, the third user interface comprises: an obscured representation (e.g., a blurred representation) of at least a portion of the first user interface (e.g.,  808 B,  818 B,  828 B,  836 B); and a time indicator (e.g.,  808 A,  818 A,  828 A,  836 A) at a position on the display generation component overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of the at least a portion of the first user interface (e.g., a time indicator overlaid on the obscured representation of the first user interface); and the sixth user interface comprises: an obscured representation (e.g., a blurred representation) of at least a portion of the fourth user interface (e.g.,  808 B,  818 B,  828 B,  836 B); and a time indicator (e.g.,  808 A,  818 A,  828 A,  836 A) at a position on the display generation component overlapping at least a portion of the obscured representation of the at least a portion of the fourth user interface (e.g., a time indicator overlaid on the obscured representation of the fourth user interface). Obscuring the first user interface that includes sensitive information enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information. Obscuring the first user interface that includes sensitive information also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. Displaying a third user interface that includes an obscured representation of the first user interface also provides the user with visual feedback about the state of the device (e.g., that the device is operating in a second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode)). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the respective manner of obscuring content that is used for the third user interface and the sixth user interface is used for a plurality of applications (e.g.,  FIGS.  8 F,  8 J,  8 M,  8 O ) (e.g., applications that are not associated with (e.g., do not have, do not specify, are not permitted to and/or are not configured to generate) a corresponding low power state user interface specific to the application). In some embodiments, for the plurality of applications that are not associated with a corresponding low power state user interface, if a respective user interface corresponding to a respective application of the plurality of applications is displayed while the computer system is in the first mode, and it is detected that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode while the respective user interface is displayed, the computer system displays the third user interface (e.g., replaces display of the respective user interface with the third user interface) in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode. Providing a third user interface that omits and/or obscures sensitive information for a plurality of applications that are not associated with a corresponding low power state user interface enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information, Providing a third user interface that omits and/or obscures sensitive information for a plurality of applications that are not associated with a corresponding low power state user interface also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays a settings user interface (e.g., different from the first user interface, the second user interface, and/or the third user interface) comprising a plurality of selectable options (e.g.,  895 A- 895 G) corresponding to a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system), including a first selectable option (e.g.,  895 A- 895 G) corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first application and a second selectable option (e.g.,  895 A- 895 G) corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) a second application different from the first application, wherein: the first selectable option has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state, wherein the enabled state of the first selectable option authorizes the first application to display one or more low power user interfaces corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the first application when the computer system is in the second mode and the disabled state of the first selectable option prohibits the first application from displaying one or more low power user interfaces corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the first application when the computer system is in the second mode, and the second selectable option has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state, wherein the enabled state of the second selectable option authorizes the second application to display one or more low power user interfaces corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the second application when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the second selectable option prohibits the second application from displaying one or more low power user interfaces corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the second application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the first selectable option is enabled. In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the first selectable option is disabled (e.g., is not enabled). Providing options that enable a user to identify specific applications that are authorized to display low power user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to select certain applications that are authorized display low power user interfaces, and allowing a user to specify certain applications that are not authorized to display low power user interface). Providing options that enable a user to identify specific applications that are authorized to display low power user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays a second settings user interface (e.g.,  872 ) (e.g., the settings user interface, a second settings user interface different from the settings user interface) (e.g., different from the first user interface, the second user interface, and/or the third user interface) comprising a third selectable option (e.g.,  874 A) that has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state, wherein: the enabled state of the third selectable option enables the computer system to display content via the display generation component when the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., display content in a low power mode, display one or more low power user interfaces) (e.g., the enabled state of the third selectable option enables an always on display setting), and the disabled state of the third selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying content via the display generation component (e.g., turns off the display generation component) when the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., the disabled state of the third selectable option disables an always on display setting). 
     In some embodiments, the third selectable option corresponds to an always on display option, wherein enabling the always on display option causes the display to remain on (e.g., display content) in the second mode (e.g., remain on in a low power state), and disabling the always on display option causes the display to turn off (e.g., cease displaying content) in the second mode. In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying first content via the display generation component; while displaying the first content, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the third selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying second content while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the third selectable option is in the disabled state, ceasing display of content via the display generation component (e.g., turning off the display, entering a sleep state) (not displaying content, displaying no content) while the computer system is in the second mode. Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable an always on display enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information e.g., by allowing a user to disable the always on display). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable an always on display also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable an always on display reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays a third settings user interface (e.g.,  884 ) (e.g., the settings user interface, the second settings user interface, a third settings user interface different from the settings user interface and/or the second settings user interface) (e.g., different from the first user interface, the second user interface, and/or the third user interface) comprising a fourth selectable option (e.g.,  886 ,  887 A- 887 G) that has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state, wherein: the enabled state of the fourth selectable option enables the computer system to display one or more complications (e.g., a watch face complication; an element of the watch face that is not associated with providing an indication of time)(e.g., one or more complications corresponding to one or more applications) when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the fourth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying the one or more complications when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a first complication via the display generation component; while displaying the first complication, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the fourth selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a second complication (e.g., a second complication corresponding to the first complication (e.g., a lower power version of the first complication)) while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the fourth selectable option is in the disabled state, ceasing display of the first complication (e.g., without displaying the second complication) while the computer system is in the second mode. Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of complications in the second mode). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of complications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the complications). 
     In some embodiments, the enabled state of the fourth selectable option (e.g.,  886 ) enables the computer system to display a plurality of complications corresponding to a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system, and/or a plurality of applications installed on the computer system configured to generate complications) when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the fourth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying the plurality of complications corresponding to the plurality of applications when the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., the fourth selectable option controls display of complications in the second mode for a plurality of applications (e.g., but does not control display of complications for the plurality of applications when the computer system is in the first mode)). 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a first plurality of complications corresponding to a plurality of applications via the display generation component; while displaying the first plurality of complications, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the fourth selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a second plurality of complications corresponding to the plurality of applications (e.g., a second plurality of complications corresponding to the first plurality of complications (e.g., lower power versions of the first plurality of complications)) while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the fourth selectable option is in the disabled state, ceasing display of the first plurality of complications (e.g., without displaying the second plurality of complications) while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of complications in the second mode). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of complications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the complications). 
     In some embodiments, the third settings user interface (e.g.,  884 ) further comprises a plurality of selectable options (e.g.,  887 A- 887 G) including a fifth selectable option (e.g.,  887 A- 887 G) and a sixth selectable option (e.g.,  887 A- 887 G) (e.g., different from the fourth selectable option); the fifth selectable option corresponds to (e.g., corresponds uniquely to) the first application and has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state; the enabled state of the fifth selectable option enables the computer system to display one or more complications corresponding to the first application when the computer system is in the second mode; the disabled state of the fifth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying the one or more complications corresponding to the first application when the computer system is in the second mode; the sixth selectable option corresponds to (e.g., corresponds uniquely to) a second application different from the first application and has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state; the enabled state of the sixth selectable option enables the computer system to display one or more complications corresponding to the second application when the computer system is in the second mode; and the disabled state of the sixth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying the one or more complications corresponding to the second application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the third settings user interface comprises a respective selectable option for each application of a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system, and/or a plurality of applications installed on the computer system and configured to generate watch face complications), wherein an enabled state of a respective selectable option corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) a respective application enables the computer system to display one or more complications corresponding to the respective application when the computer system is in the second mode, and a disabled state of the respective selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying the one or more complications corresponding to the respective application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a first complication associated with (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first application via the display generation component; while displaying the first complication, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the fifth selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a second complication associated with (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first application while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., a second complication corresponding to the first complication (e.g., a lower power version of the first complication)); and in accordance with a determination that the fifth selectable option is in the disabled state, ceasing display of the first complication (e.g., without displaying the second complication) while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a third complication associated with (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the second application via the display generation component; while displaying the third complication, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that, the sixth selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a fourth complication associated with (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the second application while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., a fourth complication corresponding to the third complication (e.g., a lower power version of the third complication)); and in accordance with a determination that the sixth selectable option is in the disabled state, ceasing display of the third complication (e.g., without displaying the fourth complication) while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     Providing options that enable a user to enable or disable complications for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of complications for certain applications in the second mode). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable complications for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Providing options that enable a user to enable or disable complications for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of complications for one or more applications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the complications). 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays a fourth settings user interface (e.g.,  888 ) (e.g., the settings user interface, the second settings user interface, the third settings user interface, and/or a fourth settings user interface different from the settings user interface, the second settings user interface, and/or the third settings user interface) (e.g., different from the first user interface, the second user interface, and/or the third user interface) comprising a seventh selectable option (e.g.,  890 ) that has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state, wherein: the enabled state of the seventh selectable option enables the computer system to display notifications (e.g., one or more notifications corresponding to one or more applications) when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the seventh selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying notifications when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the second mode, receiving notification information; and in response to receiving the notification information: in accordance with a determination that the seventh selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the seventh selectable option is in the disabled state, forgoing displaying the notification corresponding to the notification while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of notifications in the second mode). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of notifications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the notifications). 
     In some embodiments, the enabled state of the seventh selectable option (e.g.,  890 ) enables the computer system to display notifications corresponding to a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system, and/or a plurality of applications installed on the computer system configured to generate notifications) when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the seventh selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying notifications corresponding to the plurality of applications when the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., the seventh selectable option controls display of notifications for a plurality of applications while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., but does not control display of notifications for the plurality of applications while the computer system is in the first mode)). 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the second mode, receiving notification information corresponding to a respective application of the plurality of applications; and in response to receiving the notification information corresponding to the respective application: in accordance with a determination that the seventh selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the seventh selectable option is in the disabled state, forgoing displaying the notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of notifications in the second mode), Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of notifications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the notifications). 
     In some embodiments, the fourth settings user interface (e.g.,  888 ) further comprises a plurality of selectable options (e.g.,  891 A- 891 G), including an eighth selectable option (e.g.,  891 A- 891 G) and a ninth selectable option (e.g.,  891 A- 891 G) (e.g., different from the seventh selectable option); the eighth selectable option corresponds to (e.g., corresponds uniquely to) the first application and has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state; the enabled state of the eighth selectable option enables the computer system to display notifications corresponding to the first application when the computer system is in the second mode; the disabled state of the eighth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying notifications corresponding to the first application when the computer system is in the second mode; the ninth selectable option corresponds to (e.g., corresponds uniquely to) a second application different from the first application and has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state; the enabled state of the ninth selectable option enables the computer system to display notifications corresponding to the second application when the computer system is in the second mode; and the disabled state of the ninth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying notifications corresponding to the second application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the fourth settings user interface comprises a respective selectable option for each application of a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system, and/or a plurality of applications installed on the computer system configured to generate notifications), wherein an enabled state of a respective selectable option corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) a respective application enables the computer system to display notifications corresponding to the respective application when the computer system is in the second mode, and a disabled state of the respective selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying notifications corresponding to the respective application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the second mode, receiving notification information corresponding to the first application; and in response to receiving the notification information: in accordance with a determination that the eighth selectable option is in the enabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the ninth selectable option), displaying a notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the eighth selectable option is in the disabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the ninth selectable option), forgoing displaying the notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the second mode, receiving notification information corresponding to the second application; and in response to receiving the notification information: in accordance with a determination that the ninth selectable option is in the enabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the eighth selectable option), displaying a notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the ninth selectable option is in the disabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the eighth selectable option), forgoing displaying the notification corresponding to the notification information while the computer system is in the second mode. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of notifications for one or more applications in the second mode). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable notifications for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of notifications for one or more applications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the notifications). 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays a fifth settings user interface (e.g.,  892 ) (e.g., the settings user interface, the second settings user interface, the third settings user interface, the fourth settings user interface, and/or a fifth settings user interface different from the settings user interface, the second settings user interface, the third settings user interface, and/or the fourth settings user interface) (e.g., different from the first user interface, the second user interface, and/or the third user interface) comprising a tenth selectable option (e.g.,  894 ) that has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state, wherein: the enabled state of the tenth selectable option enables the computer system to display application user interfaces (e.g., one or more application user interfaces corresponding to (e.g., generated by) one or more applications) (e.g., one or more low power application user interfaces) when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the tenth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a first application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) a respective application via the display generation component; while displaying the first application user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a second application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the respective application (e.g., a second application user interface corresponding to the first application user interface (e.g., a low power version of the first application user interface)) while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the disabled state, forgoing display of the second application user interface while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., displaying a user interface that does not correspond to (e.g., is not generated by) the respective application, and/or forgoing displaying any content). 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the enabled state. In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the disabled state. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of application user interfaces in the second mode). Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of application user interfaces in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the application user interfaces). 
     In some embodiments, the enabled state of the tenth selectable option (e.g.,  894 ) enables the computer system to display application user interfaces (e.g., one or more low power application user interfaces) corresponding to a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system, and/or a plurality of applications installed on the computer system configured to generate low power user interfaces) when the computer system is in the second mode, and the disabled state of the tenth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying application user interfaces corresponding to the plurality of applications when the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., the tenth selectable option controls display of application user interfaces for a plurality of applications while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., but does not control display of application user interfaces for the plurality of applications while the computer system is in the first mode)). 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a first application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) a respective application of the plurality of applications via the display generation component; while displaying the first application user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the enabled state, displaying a second application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the respective application (e.g., a second application user interface corresponding to the first application user interface (e.g., a low power version of the first application user interface)) while the computer system is in the second mode; and in accordance with a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the disabled state, forgoing display of the second application user interface while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., displaying a user interface that does not correspond to (e.g., is not generated by) the respective application, and/or forgoing displaying any content). 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the enabled state. In some embodiments, the determination that the first application is not authorized to display the first set of information while the computer system is in the second mode comprises a determination that the tenth selectable option is in the disabled state. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of application user interfaces in the second mode), Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Providing an option that enables a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of application user interfaces in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the application user interfaces). 
     In some embodiments, the fifth settings user interface (e.g.,  892 ) further comprises a plurality of selectable options (e.g.,  895 A- 895 G), including an eleventh selectable option (e.g.,  895 A- 895 G) and a twelfth selectable option (e.g.,  895 A- 895 G) (e.g., different from the tenth selectable option); the eleventh selectable option corresponds to (e.g., corresponds uniquely to) the first application and has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state; the enabled state of the eleventh selectable option enables the computer system to display application user interfaces (e.g., one or more low power application user interfaces) corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the first application when the computer system is in the second mode; the disabled state of the eleventh selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying application user interfaces corresponding to the first application when the computer system is in the second mode; the twelfth selectable option corresponds to (e.g., corresponds uniquely to) a second application different from the first application and has a state selected from a plurality of states including an enabled state and a disabled state; the enabled state of the twelfth selectable option enables the computer system to display application user interfaces (e.g., one or more low power application user interfaces) corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the second application when the computer system is in the second mode; and the disabled state of the twelfth selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying application user interfaces corresponding to the second application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the fifth settings user interface comprises a respective selectable option for each application of a plurality of applications (e.g., a plurality of applications installed on the computer system, and/or a plurality of applications installed on the computer system configured to generate low power state application user interfaces), wherein an enabled state of a respective selectable option corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) a respective application enables the computer system to display application user interfaces (e.g., one or more low power application user interfaces) corresponding to the respective application when the computer system is in the second mode, and a disabled state of the respective selectable option prohibits the computer system from displaying application user interfaces corresponding to the respective application when the computer system is in the second mode. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a first application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the first application via the display generation component; while displaying the first application user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the eleventh selectable option is in the enabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the twelfth selectable option), displaying a second application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the first application while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., a second application user interface corresponding to the first application user interface (e.g., a low power version of the first application user interface)); and in accordance with a determination that the eleventh selectable option is in the disabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the twelfth selectable option), forgoing display of the second application user interface while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., displaying a user interface that does not correspond to (e.g., is not generated by) the first application, and/or forgoing displaying any content). 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: while the computer system is in the first mode, displaying a third application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the second application via the display generation component; while displaying the third application user interface, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria, for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode; and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode: in accordance with a determination that the twelfth selectable option is in the enabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the eleventh selectable option), displaying a fourth application user interface corresponding to (e.g., generated by) the second application while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., a fourth application user interface corresponding to the third application user interface (e.g., a low power version of the third application user interface)); and in accordance with a determination that the twelfth selectable option is in the disabled state (e.g., regardless of the state of the eleventh selectable option), forgoing display of the fourth application user interface while the computer system is in the second mode (e.g., displaying a user interface that does not correspond to (e.g., is not generated by) the second application, and/or forgoing displaying any content). 
     Providing options that enable a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode enhances security and can prevent unauthorized users from viewing sensitive information by allowing a user to disable display of application user interfaces for one or more applications in the second mode). Providing options that enable a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode also enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by restricting unauthorized access) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by limiting the performance of restricted operations. 
     Providing options that enable a user to enable or disable display of application user interfaces for individual applications when the computer system is in the second mode also reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by allowing a user to disable display of application user interfaces for one or more applications in the second mode, which conserves energy by conserving computing resources required to compute and/or display the application user interfaces). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  900  (e.g.,  FIGS.  9 A- 9 B ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below and/or above. For example, methods  700  and/or  1100  optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  900 . For example, in some embodiments, the first mode is the same throughout these methods and the second mode is the same throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 K  illustrate exemplary user interfaces with managed display usage, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  11 A- 11 B . 
     In particular,  FIGS.  10 A- 10 K  illustrate techniques for managing display usage by altering one or more aspects (e.g., visual characteristics) of a displayed user interface upon determining that the device has met mode change criteria, such as the mode change criteria described in greater detail above. 
     At  FIG.  10 A , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays map user interface  1002 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard display brightness level. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 A , map user interface  1002 - 1  includes a plurality of user interface elements, including geographic map  1003 - 1 , current time indication  1004 - 1 , estimated arrival time indication  1006 - 1 , current location indication  1008 , and route indication  1010 - 1 . Current time indication  1004 - 1  displays a current time. Route indication  1010 - 1  displays, on geographic map  1003 - 1 , a proposed route from a starting location to a destination location. Estimated arrival time indication  1006 - 1  indicates an estimated time at which a user of device  600  will arrive at the destination location. Current location indication  1008  indicates, on geographic map  1003 - 1 , a current geographic location of device  600 . 
     In  FIG.  10 A , while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates an appearance of map user interface  1002 - 1  (e.g., an appearance of one or more elements of map user interface  1002 - 1 ) at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once per second, every tenth of a second, and/or every hundredth of a second). In some embodiments, all elements of map user interface  1002 - 1  are updated at the first update frequency. In some embodiments, different elements of map user interface  1002 - 1  are updated at different update frequencies. 
       FIG.  10 B  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors; and/or determining that no input of certain types have been detected and/or received for a threshold duration of time). In response, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  ceases to display map user interface  1002 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface), and displays map user interface  1002 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface). Map user interface  1002 - 2  includes geographic map  1003 - 2 , current time indication  1004 - 2 , estimated arrival time indication  1006 - 2 , and route indication  1010 - 2 . Each of the elements shown in map user interface  1002 - 2  correspond to a respective element of map user interface  1002 - 1 . 
     At  FIG.  10 B , while operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays map user interface  1002 - 2  on display  602 . Map user interface  1002 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than map user interface  1002 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting map user interface  1002 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of map user interface  1002 - 1  on display  602 ). In some embodiments, map user interface  1002 - 2  is displayed at a fixed percentage of the brightness level at which device  600  displays map user interface  1002 - 1 . In some embodiments, map user interface  1002 - 2  is displayed at a brightness level based at least in part on an ambient light level detected by one or more sensors of device  600  (e.g., higher ambient light levels result in higher brightness levels while in low power display mode). 
     Corresponding elements in map user interface  1002 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in map user interface  1002 - 1 . For example, in  FIG.  10 B , geographic map  1003 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level (e.g., in a darker color and/or in a darker set of colors) than geographic map  1003 - 1  was displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the change in brightness levels between corresponding user interface elements in map user interface  1002 - 1  and  1002 - 2  are not uniform. In some embodiments, device  600  displays one or more elements in map user interface  1002 - 2  at a reduced size compared to their corresponding elements in map user interface  1002 - 1 . 
     Furthermore, as discussed above, while device  600  was operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updated one or more elements of map user interface  1002 - 1 , including geographic map  1003 - 1 , at a first update frequency. In  FIG.  10 B , while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  periodically updates one or more elements of map user interface  1002 - 2 , including geographic map  1003 - 2 , at a second update frequency that is less than the first update frequency (e.g., the second update frequency corresponds to less frequent updates than the first update frequency) (e.g., every 30 seconds and/or every minute). 
     In addition to displaying geographic map  1003 - 2  at a lower brightness level than geographic map  1003 - 1 , device  600  also displays geographic map  1003 - 2  at a different zoom level than geographic map  1003 - 1  was displayed. In  FIG.  10 A , while operating in the standard display mode, device  600  displayed geographic map  1003 - 1  at a first zoom level. As shown in  FIG.  10 B , when device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, geographic map  1003 - 2  is displayed at a second zoom level that represents a zoomed out zoom level (e.g., displays a greater geographic area) compared to geographic map  1003 - 1 . In some embodiments, zooming out geographic map  1003 - 2  works in tandem with the decreased update frequency of geographic map  1003 - 2  while device  600  is in the low power mode. When device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, and the appearance of geographic map  1003 - 1  is being updated frequently, geographic map  1003 - 1  can be zoomed in to a greater degree because geographic map  1003 - 1  will refresh and update very frequently. However, when device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, geographic map  1003 - 2  is updated much less frequently (e.g., once every minute). As such, zooming out geographic map  1003 - 2  will allow a user to view more context (e.g., view a greater geographic region) so that the user will be able to view necessary information even as geographic map  1003 - 2  is updated less frequently. In the depicted embodiment, geographic map  1003 - 2  does not include a current location indication, as the infrequent updates to map user interface  1002 - 2  while device  600  is in the low power display mode will likely lead to current location indication displaying out of date and/or incorrect information. 
     At  1013 , while operating in the low power display mode and displaying map user interface  1002 - 2 , device  600  detects input  1012  (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input). At  FIG.  10 C , in response to detecting input  1012 , device  600  transitions from the low power display mode to the standard display mode, and replaces display of map user interface  1002 - 2  with map user interface  1002 - 1 . Map user interface  1002 - 1  is displayed at a higher brightness level than map user interface  1002 - 2  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting map user interface  1002 - 1  on display  602  is greater than the brightness level of map user interface  1002 - 2  on display  602 ). In  FIG.  10 C , device  600  periodically updates the appearance of one or more elements of map user interface  1002 - 1 , including geographic map  1003 - 1 , at the first update frequency, which is greater than the second update frequency, map user interface  1002 - 1  re-displays current location indication  1008 , and map  1010 - 1  is displayed at the first (e.g., zoomed-in) zoom level, Geographic map  1003 - 1 , in  FIG.  10 C , has been shifted compared to what was displayed in  FIG.  10 A  in response to device  600 &#39;s updated current location. 
       FIG.  10 D  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met. Again, in response, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into the low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  ceases to display map user interface  1002 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface), and displays map user interface  1002 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface). As discussed above, while device  600  operates in the low power display mode, and displays map user interface  1002 - 2 , geographic map  1003 - 2  is displayed at the second zoom level, and one or more elements of map user interface  1002 - 2  are updated at the second update frequency that is less than the first update frequency. Geographic map  1003 - 2 , in  FIG.  10 D , has been shifted compared to what was displayed in  FIG.  10 B  in response to device  600 &#39;s updated current location. 
     At  FIG.  10 D , while operating in the low power display mode and displaying map user interface  1002 - 2 , device  600  detects input  1014  (e.g., a tap input and/or a non-tap input). 
     At  FIG.  10 E , in response to detecting input  1014 , device  600  once again transitions from the low power display mode to the standard display mode, and replaces display of map user interface  1002 - 2  with map user interface  1002 - 1 . Map user interface  1002 - 1  is displayed at a higher brightness level than map user interface  1002 - 2 . In  FIG.  10 E , device  600  periodically updates geographic map  1003 - 1  at the first update frequency, which is greater than the second update frequency, map user interface  1002 - 1  re-displays current location indication  1008 , and map  1010 - 1  is displayed at the first (e.g., zoomed-in) zoom level. Geographic map  1003 - 1 , in  FIG.  10 E , has once again been shifted compared to what was displayed in  FIG.  10 C  in response to device  600 &#39;s updated current location. 
       FIGS.  10 F- 10 K  illustrate various example scenarios and embodiments with reference to example navigation (e.g., turn-by-turn navigation) user interfaces. At  FIG.  10 F , while operating in a standard display mode (e.g., a higher power consumption display mode), device  600  displays navigation user interface  1016 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface) on display  602  at a standard brightness level. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 F , navigation user interface  1016 - 1  includes a plurality of user interface elements, including geographic map  1018 - 1 , current time indication  1020 - 1 , estimated arrival time indication  1022 - 1 , current location indication  1024 , route indication  1026 - 1 , and next direction indication  1028 - 1 . Current time indication  1020 - 1  displays a current time. Route indication  1026 - 1  displays, on geographic map  1018 - 1 , a proposed route from a starting location to a destination location. Estimated arrival time indication  1022 - 1  indicates an estimated time at which a user of device  600  will arrive at the destination location. Current location indication  1024  indicates, on geographic map  1018 - 1 , a current geographic location of device  600 . Next direction indication  1028 - 1  displays information pertaining to a next upcoming navigation instruction. In  FIG.  10 F , while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, next direction indication  1028 - 1  includes a direction (e.g., straight, left, right) associated with a next upcoming navigation instruction, a street name associated with the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “Townsend Street”), and a distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “900 ft”). 
     In  FIG.  10 F , while device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates an appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 1  (e.g., an appearance of one or more elements of navigation user interface  1016 - 1 ) at a first update frequency (e.g., more than once per second, every tenth of a second, and/or every hundredth of a second). In some embodiments, all elements of navigation user interface  1016 - 1  are updated at the first update frequency. In some embodiments, different elements of navigation user interface  1016 - 1  are updated at different update frequencies. 
       FIG.  10 G  illustrates device  600  after determining that one or more mode change criteria have been met (e.g., detecting a wrist-down gesture using, for example, motion sensors; and/or determining that no input of certain types have been detected and/or received for a threshold duration of time). In response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  transitions out of the standard display mode and into a low power display mode (e.g., from a higher power consumption mode to a lower power consumption mode). Furthermore, in response to determining that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  ceases to display navigation user interface  1016 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface), and displays navigation user interface  1016 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface). Navigation user interface  1016 - 2  includes geographic map  1018 - 2 , current time indication  1020 - 2 , estimated arrival time indication  1022 - 2 , route indication  1026 - 2 , and next direction indication  1028 - 2 . Each of the elements shown in navigation user interface  1016 - 2  correspond to a respective element of navigation user interface  1016 - 1 . 
     At  FIG.  10 G , while operating in the low power display mode, device  600  displays navigation user interface  1016 - 2  on display  602 . Navigation user interface  1016 - 2  is displayed at a lower brightness level than navigation user interface  1016 - 1  (e.g., the overall brightness level or the average of the brightness values of pixels constituting navigation user interface  1016 - 2  on display  602  is less than the brightness level of navigation user interface  1016 - 1  on display  602 ). In some embodiments, navigation user interface  1016 - 2  is displayed at a fixed percentage of the brightness level at which device  600  displays navigation user interface  1016 - 1 . In some embodiments, navigation user interface  1016 - 2  is displayed at a brightness level based at least in part on an ambient light level detected by one or more sensors of device  600  (e.g., higher ambient light levels result in higher brightness levels while in low power display mode). 
     As discussed above, while device  600  was operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updated the appearance of one or more elements of navigation user interface  1016 - 1 , including geographic map  1018 - 1 , at a first update frequency. In  FIG.  10 G , while device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  periodically updates the appearance of one or more elements of navigation user interface  1016 - 2 , including geographic map  1018 - 2 , at a second update frequency that is less than the first update frequency (e.g., the second update frequency corresponds to less frequent updates than the first update frequency) (e.g., every 30 seconds and/or every minute). 
     Corresponding elements in navigation user interface  1016 - 2  are displayed by device  600  differently than they were previously displayed in navigation user interface  1016 - 1 . For example, in  FIG.  10 G , geographic map  1018 - 2  and next direction indication  1028 - 2  are displayed at lower brightness levels (e.g., in darker colors and/or in a darker set of colors) than geographic map  1018 - 1  and next direction indication  1028 - 1  were displayed. In the depicted embodiment, navigation user interface  1016 - 2  does not include a current location indication, as the less frequent updates to navigation user interface  1016 - 2  while device  600  is in the low power display mode may lead to a current location indication displaying out of date and/or incorrect information. Similarly, next direction indication  1028 - 2  does not include distance information for the next upcoming navigation instruction, which was included in next direction indication  1028 - 1 . Again, due to the less frequent updates to navigation user interface  1016 - 2  while device  600  is in the low power display mode, it is possible that displaying such distance information could result in inaccurate information. 
     As discussed above with reference to map user interface  1002 - 1  and map user interface  1002 - 2  in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 E , in some embodiments and in some scenarios, one or more user interface elements are shown at different zoom levels when transitioning between the standard display mode and the low power display mode. In some embodiments, if device  600  is displaying turn-by-turn navigation directions (e.g., as in navigation user interface  1016 - 1 ) when transitioning from the standard display mode to the low power display mode, the corresponding low power consumption user interface that is displayed when device  600  is in the low power display mode does not change zoom levels from the higher power consumption user interface. In accordance with such embodiments,  FIG.  10 G  depicts navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at the same zoom level as navigation user interface  1016 - 1  in  FIG.  10 F . In other embodiments, the low power consumption user interface is displayed at a different zoom level from the higher power consumption user interface in a manner similar to what was described above with reference to map user interface  1002 - 1  and map user interface  1002 - 2 . In accordance with such embodiments,  FIG.  10 H  depicts navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at a different zoom level (e.g., at a more zoomed out zoom level) than navigation user interface  1016 - 1 . 
       FIGS.  10 I- 10 K  depict various example scenarios and embodiments in which device  600  receives information (e.g., navigation information) from another device while device  600  is in the low power display mode. At  FIG.  10 I , device  600  (e.g., a smartwatch) is wirelessly connected to device  1030  (e.g., a smart phone) that has display  1032 . In the depicted embodiment, device  1030  displays, via display  1032 , navigation user interface  1034 . Navigation user interface  1034  includes geographic map  1036 , current time indication  1038 , estimated arrival time indication  1040 , current location indication  1042 , route indication  1044 , next direction indication  1046 , and button  1048 . Device  600 , operating in the standard display mode, displays a corresponding navigation user interface  1016 - 1  at a standard display brightness level. In the depicted scenario, device  600  receives navigation information from device  1030 , and displays navigation user interface  1016 - 1  based on the navigation information received from device  1030 . Accordingly, in the example scenario shown in  FIG.  10 I , device  600  conserves battery power, as it does not have to perform computationally intensive work to calculate and determine navigation information. Rather, device  600  displays navigation user interface  1016 - 1  based on navigation information received from (e.g., and calculated by) device  1030 . 
     At  FIG.  10 I , while operating in the standard display mode and displaying navigation user interface  1016 - 1 , device  600  determines that one or more mode change criteria have been met. In response to this determination, device  600  transitions from the standard display mode to a low power display mode. In response to the determination that the one or more mode change criteria have been met, device  600  also ceases display of navigation user interface  1016 - 1  (e.g., a higher power consumption user interface), and displays navigation user interface  1016 - 2  (e.g., a lower power consumption user interface).  FIGS.  10 J and  10 K  show two different embodiments of navigation user interface  1016 - 2 . 
     As discussed above, in some embodiments, when device  600  is operating in the standard display mode, device  600  periodically updates the appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 1  at a first update frequency, and when device  600  is operating in the low power display mode, device  600  periodically updates the appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at a second update frequency that is lower than the first update frequency. In some embodiments, if device  600  is receiving navigation information from the other device (e.g., device  1030 ) and displaying navigation user interface  1016 - 2  based on the received navigation information, device  600 , while in the low power display mode, periodically updates the appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at a third update frequency that is greater than the second update frequency. This may be implemented, for example, to take advantage of the decreased power consumption that is achieved by receiving navigation information from device  1030 . In  FIG.  10 J , device  600 , operating in the low power display mode, displays navigation user interface  1016 - 2 , and periodically updates the appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at a third update frequency that is greater than the second update frequency. Furthermore, in  FIG.  10 J , based on device  600  being tethered to device  1030  and receiving navigation information from device  1030 , next direction indication  1028 - 2  includes distance information to a next upcoming navigation direction, and navigation user interface  1016 - 2  displays current location indication  1024 . 
     In other embodiments, if device  600  is tethered and/or connected to another device, and is receiving navigation information from the other device (e.g., device  1030 ), device  600 , while in the low power display mode, periodically updates the appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at a fourth update frequency that is less than the second update frequency.  FIG.  10 K  depicts an example embodiment in which device  600 , operating in the low power display mode, displays navigation user interface  1016 - 2 , and periodically updates the appearance of navigation user interface  1016 - 2  at the fourth update frequency that is less than the second update frequency. This may be implemented, for example, due to the fact that navigation instructions are already being displayed on device  1030  and, as such, it is less important that timely and/or frequently updated navigation instructions also be displayed on device  600 . In  FIG.  10 K , navigation user interface  1016 - 2  is identical to the embodiment depicted in  FIG.  10 G , 
       FIGS.  11 A- 11 B  are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing display usage using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1100  is performed at a device (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ) with a display. Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1100  provides an intuitive way for managing display usage. The method reduces power usage and the likelihood of screen burn-in. The method also reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing display usage, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a device to automatically manage display usage faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)), while the computer system is in a first mode ( 1102 ) (e.g., a higher power consumption mode (e.g., a mode that corresponds to higher power consumption than a lower power consumption mode) (e.g., a mode that corresponds to a brighter display, increased performance, and/or more frequent display updates)), displays ( 1104 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g.,  1002 - 1 ) that is associated with (e.g., generated by) a first application and that includes a first set of one or more user interface elements (e.g.,  1004 - 1 ,  1006 - 1 ,  1010 - 1 ,  1003 - 1 ,  1008 ) including a first user interface element, wherein: the appearance of the first user interface element (e.g.,  1003 - 1 ) is periodically updated at a first update frequency (in some embodiments, the appearance of the first set of one or more user interface elements is updated according to the first update frequency; in some embodiments, the appearance of a subset of the first set of one or more user interface elements is updated according to the first update frequency), and the first user interface is displayed at a first zoom level (e.g.,  FIG.  10 A ). 
     While displaying the first user interface ( 1106 ) (e.g.,  1002 - 1 ), the computer system detects ( 1108 ) that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to a second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode (e.g., lower power consumption in the second mode than in the first mode)) (e.g., reaching a duration of time since a last input, a wrist down gesture, and/or a hand cover gesture). 
     In response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode ( 1110 ), the computer system displays ( 1112 ) a second user interface (e.g.,  1002 - 2 ) that is different from the first user interface and is associated with (e.g., generated by) the first application, wherein: the second user interface corresponds to the first user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the first user interface, the second user interface includes a second set of one or more user interface elements (e.g.,  1004 - 2 ,  1006 - 2 ,  1003 - 2 ,  1010 - 2 ) including a second user interface element (e.g.,  1003 - 2 ) (in some embodiments, at least some of the second set of one or more user interface elements correspond to at least some of the first set of one or more user interface elements) (in some embodiments, the second user interface element corresponds to the first user interface element (e.g., is a low power version of the first user interface element)), the appearance of the second user interface element is periodically updated at a second update frequency that is different from the first update frequency and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency, and the second user interface is displayed at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. In some embodiments, the second user interface represents a zoomed out view of the first user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the second user interface is a lower power user interface and the first user interface is a higher power user interface (in some embodiments, the lower power user interface differs from the higher power interface in one or more visual characteristics (e.g., size of elements, color, hue, saturation, opacity, shape, and/or frequency of updates))). In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface includes replacing display of the first user interface with the second user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the method further comprises: after displaying the second user interface at the second zoom level, detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode (e.g., a wrist up gesture, a tap input, a button input, a rotatable and/or depressible input mechanism input); and in response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, displaying the first user interface (e.g., replacing display of the second user interface with the first user interface), wherein the first user interface corresponds to the second user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the second user interface; the first user interface includes the first set of one or more user interface elements including the first user interface element, the first user interface element is periodically updated at the first update frequency; and the first user interface is displayed at the first zoom level. 
     Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     Changing a zoom level of the user interface when the computer system is in the second mode and when the second user interface element is updated at a reduced update frequency provides the user with more visual context when additional context may be needed (e.g., when updates are provided less frequency, additional context provides the user with more information that may be required between update intervals), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second zoom level represents a zoomed out zoom level relative to the first zoom level (e.g., map  1003 - 2  in  FIG.  10 B  is zoomed out compared to map  1003 - 1  in  FIG.  10 A ) (e.g., the first user interface displayed at the first zoom level displays a first set of content, and the second zoom level displays additional content surrounding the first set of content). Zooming out the user interface when the computer system is in the second mode and when the second user interface element is updated at a reduced update frequency provides the user with more visual context when additional context may be needed (e.g., when updates are provided less frequency than they are in the higher power state, additional context provides the user with more information that may be required between update intervals), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface (e.g.,  1002 - 1 ) comprises a first geographic map (e.g.,  1003 - 1 ), Updating a geographic map at a reduced update frequency when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the geographic map. 
     In some embodiments, the second user interface (e.g.,  1002 - 2 ) comprises a second geographic map (e.g.,  1003 - 2 ) that uses a different color scheme than the first geographic map (e.g.,  1003 - 1 ) (e.g., a second geographic map different from the first geographic map) (e.g., a second geographic map that corresponds to the first geographic map) (in some embodiments, the second geographic map is a zoomed out version of the first geographic map (e.g., the first geographic map depicts a first geographic region, and the second geographic map includes the first geographic region, and also includes an additional region adjacent to and/or surrounding the first geographic region). Updating a geographic map at a reduced update frequency when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the geographic map. 
     In some embodiments, the first geographic map (e.g.,  1003 - 1 ) comprises a location indicator user interface element (e.g.,  1008 ) indicative of a current location of the computer system within the first geographic map; and the second geographic map (e.g.,  1003 - 2 ) does not include the location indicator user interface element (e.g.,  FIG.  10 B ). In some embodiments, the second geographic map does not include any location indicator user interface element indicative of the current location of the computer system. In some embodiments, the second geographic map includes a location indicator that indicates a less precise location than the location indicator in the first geographic map. Ceasing display of a location indicator user interface element when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device (e.g., by devoting fewer computing resources to determining the current location of the computer system and/or by displaying fewer user interface elements). Ceasing display of the location indicator user interface element when the second user interface element is being updated at a decreased frequency also provides more accurate visual feedback to the user by ensuring that the user is not presented with an out of date or inaccurate location indicator, thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting; with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface comprises one or more geographic navigation directions (e.g.,  1010 - 1 ,  1028 - 1 ) (e.g., route directions from a starting destination to a final destination, and/or turn-by-turn directions). Updating a user interface with one or more geographic navigation directions at a reduced update frequency when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the first mode, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a third user interface (e.g.,  1016 - 1 ) that is associated with a second application, wherein: the third user interface includes turn by turn navigation directions (e.g.,  1028 - 1 ) (e.g., navigation directions that are periodically and/or automatically updated based on a current position of the computer system), and the third user interface is displayed at a third zoom level (e.g.,  FIG.  10 F ). While displaying the third user interface, the computer system detects that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode. In response to detecting that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, the computer system displays a fourth user interface (e.g.,  1016 - 2 ) that is different from the third user interface and is associated with (e.g., generated by) the second application, wherein: the fourth user interface corresponds to the third user interface and is displayed at a location that occupies at least a portion of a display region that was occupied by the third user interface, the fourth user interface includes turn by turn navigation directions (e.g.,  1028 - 2 ), and the fourth user interface is displayed at the third zoom level (e.g.,  FIG.  10 G ). In some embodiments, if a user interface displayed in the first mode (e.g., a higher power consumption mode) includes turn by turn navigation directions, a corresponding user interface in the second mode (e.g., a lower power consumption mode) (e.g., a lower power version of the user interface) is displayed at the same zoom level as the user interface in the first mode. Forgoing changing the zoom level when the third user interface includes turn by turn navigation directions enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by ensuring that the user is not disoriented or confused by a change in zoom level, by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface (e.g.,  1016 - 1 ) includes displaying turn by turn navigation directions (e.g.,  1028 - 1 ) (e.g., navigation directions that are periodically and/or automatically updated based on a current position of the computer system), including concurrently displaying: a direction corresponding to a next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., a left turn indication in  1028 - 1  in  FIG.  10 F ) (e.g., turn left, turn right, merge) a street name corresponding to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “TOWNSEND ST” in  1028 - 1  in  FIG.  10 F ); and a distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “900 FT” in  1028 - 1  in  FIG.  10 F ). In some embodiments, displaying the second user interface (e.g.,  1016 - 2 ) includes displaying turn by turn navigation directions (e.g.,  1028 - 2 ), including displaying directions corresponding to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., left turn indication in  1028 - 2  in  FIGS.  10 G and  10 H ) and the street name corresponding to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g., “TOWNSEND ST” in  FIGS.  10 G and  10 H ) without displaying the distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction (e.g.,  1028 - 2  in  FIGS.  10 G and  10 H ). Ceasing display of the distance to the next upcoming navigation instruction when the second user interface element is being updated at a decreased frequency provides more accurate visual feedback to the user by ensuring that the user is not presented with out of date or inaccurate information with respect to distance remaining to a next upcoming navigation instruction, thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while the second user interface is displayed at the second zoom level (e.g.,  FIGS.  10 B,  10 D ), the computer system detects that the computer system has met one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode (e.g., a wrist raise gesture, and/or a user input (e.g., a touch-screen user input, and/or a user input via a rotatable and/or depressible input mechanism)) (e.g., user inputs  1012 ,  1014 ). In response to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, the computer system displays the first user interface (e.g., replacing display of the second user interface with the first user interface) at the first zoom level (e.g.,  1002 - 1  in  FIGS.  10 C and  10 E ). 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface, when displayed prior to displaying the second user interface, includes (e.g., displays) a first set of information, and the first user interface, when displayed after displaying the second user interface, includes (e.g., displays) a second set of information. In some embodiments, the second set of information is different from the first set of information (e.g., the first user interface at the later point in time after displaying the second user interface displays different information from what was displayed at the earlier point in time when the first user interface was displayed prior to displaying the second user interface). For example, the first user interface prior to displaying the second set of information may display a first map portion based on the device&#39;s geographic position at that time, and the first user interface after displaying the second user interface may display a second, different map portion based on the device&#39;s new and/or updated geographic position at that later time. Zooming in the user interface when the computer system is in the first mode provides the user with more visual precision and detail when appropriate (e.g., providing a greater level of precision and detail when the computer system is in the first mode and the user interface is being updated at a greater frequency), thereby providing the user with improved visual feedback. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting, with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed (e.g., while the computer system is in the first mode) at a first brightness level (e.g.,  1002 - 1  in  FIG.  10 A ), and the second user interface is displayed (e.g., while the computer system is in the second mode) at a second brightness level different from the first brightness level, wherein the second brightness level is dimmer less bright) than the first brightness level (e.g.,  1002 - 2  in  FIG.  10 B ). 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed at a brighter brightness level than the second user interface by increasing a brightness (e.g., a brightness setting) of the display generation component when transitioning from the second mode to the first mode. In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed at a brighter brightness level than the second user interface by replacing one or more user interface elements of the second user interface with brighter versions of those user interface elements (e.g., user interface elements having a different (e.g., brighter) set of colors). In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed at a brighter brightness level than the second user interface by both increasing a brightness of the display generation component and replacing one or more user interface elements of the second user interface with brighter versions of those user interface elements. 
     In some embodiments, when the computer system is in the first mode, the display generation is component is set to a first brightness level, and when the computer system is in the second mode, the display generation component is set to a second brightness level that is dimmer (e.g., less bright) than the first brightness level. In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed at the first brightness level prior to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, the second user interface is displayed at the second brightness level after detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode and prior to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, and the first user interface is displayed at the first brightness level after detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode. 
     Dimming the display when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the second user interface element (e.g.,  1003 - 2 ) corresponds to the first user interface element (e.g.,  1003 - 1 ) (e.g., is displayed at roughly the same position as the first user interface element; the first user interface element displays a first set of information and the second user interface element displays a second set of information that corresponds to the first set of information; and/or when transitioning from the first user interface to the second user interface, the second user interface element replaces display of the first user interface element). While the computer system is in the first mode, the first user interface element is displayed with a first color (e.g., a first set of colors) (e.g.,  1003 - 1  in  FIG.  10 A ), and while the computer system is in the second mode, the second user interface element is displayed with a second color different from the first color (e.g., a second set of colors different from the first set of colors) (e.g.,  1003 - 2  in  FIG.  10 B ). In some embodiments, transitioning from the first user interface element to the second user interface element and/or transitioning from the first mode to the second mode comprises changing (e.g., replacing) the first color with the second color (e.g., changing the first color in the first user interface element to the second color in the second user interface element). In some embodiments, the first user interface element is displayed with the first color prior to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, the second user interface element is displayed with the second color after detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the first mode to the second mode and prior to detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode, and the first user interface is displayed with the first color after detecting that the computer system has met the one or more criteria for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode. Changing certain colored elements to a different color allows the device reduce the brightness of elements that more significantly affect battery consumption and to mitigate the negative effects of displaying bright content at the same location on the display, such as display burn-in, while at the same time reducing the display brightness, which reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device. 
     In some embodiments, the second update frequency is an update frequency of one update per minute. Updating the second user interface element at a reduced update frequency of one update per minute when the computer system is in the second mode reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) is receiving update information for updating the second user interface element (e.g.,  1018 - 2 ) from an external computer system (e.g.,  1030 ) (e.g., an external computer system that is in communication with (e.g., wirelessly connected to) the computer system), the second update frequency is a third update frequency (e.g., a third update frequency that is different from the first update frequency, and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency), and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not receiving update information for updating the second user interface element from an external computer system (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the computer system is generating update information for updating the second user interface element), the second update frequency is a fourth update frequency different from the third update frequency (e.g., a fourth update frequency that is different from the first update frequency, and corresponds to a lower update frequency than the first update frequency). Modifying an update frequency for the second user interface element based on whether the computer system is receiving update information from an external computer system reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     In some embodiments, the third update frequency corresponds to a greater update frequency than the fourth update frequency (e.g., when the computer system is receiving update information from an external computer system, the second user interface element is updated with greater frequency). Increasing an update frequency when the computer system is receiving update information from an external computer system provides the user with more visual precision and detail when appropriate (e.g., providing greater update frequency when other computing resources are being conserved by the computer system because the external computer system is expending its own computing resources to generate and provide update information). Accordingly, the user is provided with improved visual feedback while also optimizing power usage and battery life. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the third update frequency corresponds to a lower update frequency than the fourth update frequency (e.g., when the computer system is receiving update information from an external computer system, the second user interface element is updated with lesser frequency). Decreasing an update frequency for the second user interface element when the computer system is receiving update information from an external computer system reduces power usage and improves the battery life of the device, while still providing periodic updates to the second user interface element. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1100  (e.g.,  FIGS.  11 A- 1 . 1 B ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described above. For example, methods  700  and/or  900  optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1100 . For example, in some embodiments, the first mode is the same throughout these methods and the second mode is the same throughout these methods. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims. 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to manage display usage. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to present user interfaces that provide users with relevant information. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have calculated control of the delivered information. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user&#39;s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the U.S., collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health. Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of display user interfaces with managed display usage, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select certain types of information that is permissible to be displayed (e.g., permissible to be displayed in a low power mode) and can identify other types of information that are not permitted to be displayed (e.g., that are not permitted to be displayed in a low power mode). In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, content can be selected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the computer system, or publicly available information.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20211209
Publication Date: 20241231
Grant Date: 20241231
Priority Date: 20210427
Inventors: CHAO, EDWARD
CHEN, KEVIN W.
GUZMAN, Aurelio
NIXON, PAUL T.
LYNCH, KEVIN M.
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "G09G2320/046", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G04G13/02", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G04F10/00", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G09G2354/00", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G01C21/3626", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G09G2320/0257", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/3206", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/3206", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/3265", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0362", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/163", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0488", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G04G13/02", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "Y02D10/00", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G09G2354/00", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G09G2320/046", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G09G2320/0257", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G04G13/02", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G04F10/00", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G01C21/3626", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/3206", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 83694193